CL4000DN - SPC410DN MS - v00
CL4000DN - SPC410DN MS - v00
CL4000DN - SPC410DN MS - v00
G104/G160/G161
SERVICE MANUAL
002111MIU
SERVICE MANUAL
G104/G160/G161
G104/G160/G161
SERVICE MANUAL
002111MIU
WARNING
The Service Manual contains information
regarding service techniques, procedures,
processes and spare parts of office equipment
distributed by Ricoh Corporation. Users of this
manual should be either service trained or
certified by successfully completing a Ricoh
Technical Training Program.
Ricoh Corporation
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE COMPANY
GESTETNER LANIER RICOH SAVIN
G104 P7425dn LP126cn Aficio CL4000DN CLP26DN
G160 C7526dn LP226cn Aficio SP C410DN CLP27DN
G161 C7531dn LP231cn Aficio SP C411DN CLP31DN
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 11/2004 Original Printing
1 05/2006 G160/G161 Addition
G104/G160/G161
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION............................................................................ 1-1
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................1-1
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ...............................................................................1-1
1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL .............................................................................1-1
1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENT.................................................1-2
1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................1-2
1.2 MACHINE INSTALLATION........................................................................1-3
1.2.1 UNPACKING ....................................................................................1-3
1.2.2 INSTALLING THE TONER BOTTLE ................................................1-5
1.2.3 LOADING PAPER ............................................................................1-7
1.2.4 CONNECTING THE POWER CORD ...............................................1-9
1.2.5 SELECTING THE PANEL DISPLAY LANGUAGE..........................1-10
1.2.6 PRINTING THE TEST PAGE .........................................................1-10
1.3 OPTIONAL UNIT INSTALLATION...........................................................1-11
1.4 METER CHARGE....................................................................................1-12
1.5 TRAY HEATER .......................................................................................1-13
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.................................................... 2-1
2.1 USER REPLACEABLE ITEMS..................................................................2-1
2.2 SERVICE MAINTENANCE........................................................................2-2
2.2.1 RECOMMENDED CLEANING PROCEDURE..................................2-2
SM i G104/G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G104/G160/G161 ii SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING
SERVICE TABLES
SM iii G104/G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G104/G160/G161 iv SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SM v G104/G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G104/G160/G161 vi SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................7-1
2. SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES......................................................................7-3
3. SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES .....................................................................7-4
3.1 PRINTER DRIVERS ............................................................................7-4
3.2 UTILITY SOFTWARE ..........................................................................7-4
4. MACHINE CONFIGURATION .....................................................................7-5
5. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ...........................................................................7-6
G160/G161 SECTION
SEE SECTION G160/G161 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
SM vii G104/G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LITHIUM BATTERIES
Incorrect replacement of lithium battery(s) on the EGB may pose risk of
explosion. Replace only with the same type or with an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions.
LASER SAFETY
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of
laser-based optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired
in a factory or at a location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is
replaceable in the field by a qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not
repairable in the field. Customer engineers are therefore directed to return all
chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or service depot when replacement of
the optical subsystem is required.
WARNING
Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than
those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
WARNING
WARNING: Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the
procedures in the Laser Optics Housing Unit section. Laser
beams can seriously damage your eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
Trademarks
Microsoft®, Windows®, and MS-DOS® are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and /or other countries.
PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines
Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be
trademarks of their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved
with those marks.
Symbol Meaning
Refer to section number
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF Short Edge Feed
LEF Long Edge Feed
The G104 model is used as a basis for this service manual. Information specific
to the G160/G161 models are located at the rear section of this manual.
INSTALLATION
POSITION 1
TAB
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
POSITION 2
TAB
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
POSITION 3
TAB
TROUBLESHOOTING
POSITION 4
TAB
SERVICE TABLES
POSITION 5
TAB
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
POSITION 6
TAB
SPECIFICATIONS
POSITION 7
TAB
G160/G161 SECTION
POSITION 8
TAB
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION
Installation
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
SM 1-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
1. Input voltage level: 120 V, 60 Hz: More than 11 A (for North America)
220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz: More than 6 A (for Europe/
Asia)
2. Permitted voltage fluctuation: ±10%
3. Do not set anything on the power cord.
G104 1-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
Installation
1.2.1 UNPACKING
[A]
G105I903.WMF
G105I901.WMF
3. Remove the end of the tape from the
printer.
4. Slowly pull out the eight pieces of tape
protruding from PCU in a horizontal
direction.
5. Close the drum positioning plate. Push
the green lever to lock the drum
positioning plate. Then turn it
clockwise .
G105I902.WMF
SM 1-3 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
G105I900.WMF
G105I906.WMF
9. Close the top cover.
10. Put labels “1” on the front of the paper
tray.
G105I908.WMF
G105I907.WMF
G104 1-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
Installation
1. Open the top cover [A].
G105I900.WMF
G105I914.WMF
G105I915.WMF
SM 1-5 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
G105I916.WMF
5. Install the yellow toner bottle first. Hold
the toner bottle in the horizontal
position with the locking lever on the
top side. Install the toner bottle bottom
first. Then move the locking lever to
the triangular mark position .
G104 1-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
Installation
CAUTION: Be careful not to pull the paper tray with too much force when you
remove it from the machine. This can let the tray fall and cause
personal injury.
[A]
G105I909.WMF
G105I910.WMF
G105I911.WMF
SM 1-7 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
G105I912.WMF
G105I913.WMF
G104 1-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
Installation
CAUTION
1. Do not touch the plug with wet hands. This causes electrical shock.
2. When you pull the plug out of the socket, grip the plug, not the cord, to
avoid damaging the cord and causing a fire or an electric shock.
NOTE: 1) Make sure to firmly connect the power plug to the socket outlet.
2) The printer must be off when you connect or disconnect the power cord.
G105I905.WMF
NOTE: It can take a few minutes after the
main power comes on before you
can use the machine.
SM 1-9 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
MACHINE INSTALLATION
NOTE: 1) You can select one of these languages (the default is English): English,
German, French, Italian, Dutch, Swedish, Norwegian, Danish, Spanish,
Finnish, Portuguese, Czech, Polish or Hungarian.
2) You do not have to do this procedure if you use English. Do this
procedure if you want to use a different language.
1. Turn on the printer.
NOTE: “Ready” shows on the panel display after the machine warms up.
2. Press the Menu key.
NOTE: “Menu” shows on the panel display.
3. Press the “V” or “W” key to show “Language.”
4. Press the Enter key. “Language: >English” shows on the panel display.
5. Press the “V” or “W” key to get the language you want.
6. Press the Enter key. “Menu” shows on the panel display.
7. Press the On Line key. “Ready” shows on the panel display.
G104 1-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OPTIONAL UNIT INSTALLATION
Installation
These options are available for this machine. Refer to the Operating Instructions for
how to install these options:
• Paper Tray Unit (G392).
• Hard disk for G104 (G395)
• IEEE802.11b interface (Wireless LAN: G813)
• IEEE1394 interface (B581)
• IEEE 1284 interface (B679)
• Bluetooth interface (B736)
• 128 MB DIMM (B584)
• 256 MB DIMM (G818)
• NVRAM (User account enhancement: G395)
SM 1-11 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
METER CHARGE
NOTE: 1) The default setting for this machine is meter-charge mode off.
2) You cannot reset the meter-charge counter.
G104 1-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TRAY HEATER
Installation
1. Electrical boards unit [A] [B]
2. Rear cover [B] [D]
3. Rear cover piece [C] for the
power supply connector
4. Decal [D]
5. Decal [E]
[E]
[A] G105I101.WMF
[C]
[H] G105I102.WMF
SM 1-13 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2.1 USER REPLACEABLE ITEMS
The user replaces these items if the service contract requires that the user does
some of the PM.
Maintenance
Preventive
Item Remarks
PCU 50 K (YMC, BK)
Transfer Belt Unit 100 K
Waste Toner Bottle 50 K
Maintenance Kit
- Fusing Unit
- Transfer Roller
100 K
- Paper Feed Roller x 3
- Friction Pad x 3
- Dust Filter x 2
Chart: Letter, 5%
Mode: Continuously Printing
Environment: Recommended temperature and humidity
Yield changes depend on circumstances and print conditions
An error message shows when a maintenance counter reaches the value in the PM
table when the machine’s default settings are used.
It is not necessary to reset counters for each part if the technician does the PM.
The machine detects new components automatically and resets the necessary
counters.
SM 2-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MAINTENANCE
G104 2-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CAUTION
Turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before you do the
procedures in this section.
Replacement
Adjustment
3.1 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS
3.1.1 TOOLS
Item Part Number Description Q’ty
1 G0219350 Loop Back Connector: Parallel: Bi-direct 1
2 A0299387 Digital Multimeter –FLUKE87 1
3 B6455010 SD Card 1
4 B6456700 PCMCIA Card Adapter 1
5 B6456800 USB Reader/ Writer 1
6 C4019503 20X Magnification Scope 1
SM 3-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1. Front door
2. Top cover
3. Right cover [A] ( x 1)
[A]
G105R101.WMF
[B]
G105R102.WMF
[C]
G105R103.WMF [E]
G104 3-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A] G105R104.WMF
[B]
[D]
G105R105.WMF
SM 3-3 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1. Front door
2. Top cover
[A]
3. Right cover ( 3.2.1)
4. Side bar ( 3.2.1)
5. IOB [A] ( x 2, x all)
G105R133.WMF
[A]
G105R111.WMF
[C]
G105R135.WMF
G104 3-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R136.WMF
SM 3-5 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
[A]
G105R115.WMF
G104 3-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER OPTICS
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R927.WMF
G105R901.WMF
WARNING
Make sure to turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power plug
from the power outlet before you do any disassembly or adjustment of the
laser unit. This printer uses a class 3B laser beam with a wavelength of 655
nm and an output of 7 mW. The laser can cause serious eye injury.
SM 3-7 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER OPTICS
3.3.2 LD UNIT
[A]
G105R106.WMF
NOTE: The new skew values for magenta, cyan, yellow and black must all be the
same as the original skew value for magenta that was recorded in step 1.
The magenta color is used as a reference point.
G104 3-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER OPTICS
Replacement
Adjustment
Adjustment Procedure: G105R902.WMF
SM 3-9 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER OPTICS
G105R107.WMF
1. LDU ( 3.3.2)
[A]
2. Top cover [A] ( x 5, tabs x 4)
NOTE: Do not touch the mirrors.
Clean with an optics cloth
if you touch the mirrors.
[F]
G105R109.WMF
G104 3-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER OPTICS
1. LDU ( 3.3.2)
2. Top cover
3. Synchronizing detector board unit
[A] ( x 1)
4. Synchronizing detector board [B] [B]
( x 1, x 1)
NOTE: Do not touch the mirrors.
Clean with an optics cloth
if you touch the mirrors.
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R110.WMF
[F]
[E]
G105R929.WMF
SM 3-11 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[A]
G105R904.WMF
[B]
[C]
G105R149.WMF
G104 3-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R150.WMFF
[A]
G105R112.WMF
SM 3-13 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[B]
[A] G105R113.WMF
[C]
[D]
3. By-pass feed shaft cover [D]
4. Move the holding roller left [E]
5. By-pass feed roller [F]
[E] [F]
G105R114.WMF
G104 3-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
1. Front Door
2. Fusing unit ( 3.8.1) [A]
3. Registration guide [A]
4. Registration sensor [B] ( x 1)
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R139.WMF
SM 3-15 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[B]
G105R121.WMF
[C]
G105R140.WMF
G105R141.WMF
[D]
G104 3-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[A]
9. Tray paper sensor box cover [A] ( x 1,)
10. Paper height sensor [B] ( x 1) [E]
11. Paper height sensor [C] ( x 1) [B]
12. Paper end sensor [D] ( x 1)
13. Paper width sensor [E] ( x 1) [C]
NOTE: Each sensor and each cable
have a number written on them.
Make sure to connect the correct
cables to each sensor.
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R142.WMF
[A]
G105R147.WMFF
SM 3-17 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
G105R128.WMF
[C]
G105R131.WMF
G104 3-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
1. Front door
2. Front door cover ( 3.2.1) [A]
3. Right cover ( 3.2.1)
4. Side bar ( 3.2.1)
5. Harness cover ( 3.7.3)
6. Paper registration clutch [A] ( x 1,
x1)
7. By-pass clutch [B] ( x 1, x 1)
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
8. Front support unit ( 3.4.8)
[D]
9. Paper feed clutch support [C] ( x [C] G105R129.WMF
1)
10. Paper feed clutch [D] ( x 1)
SM 3-19 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
3.5 DEVELOPMENT
3.5.1 COLOR DEVELOPMENT MOTOR, COLOR OPC MOTOR
AND BLACK OPC/DEVELOPMENT MOTOR
1. Front door
2. Right cover ( 3.2.1)
[C]
3. Color development motor [A] ( x 4,
x 1)
4. Color OPC motor [B] ( x 4, x 1)
5. Black OPC/development motor [C]
( x 4, x 1) 1
[B]
2
G105R134.WMF
[A]
1. Front door
2. Top cover
3. Right cover ( 3.2.1) [A]
4. Development clutch plate [A] ( x 2)
5. Development clutch [B] (metal pin x 1,
x 1)
G105R130.WMF
[B]
G104 3-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
1. Front door
2. Top cover
3. Right cover ( 3.2.1)
4. Transfer belt contact motor unit [A]
( x 2, x 1)
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R127.WMF
1. Front cover
[A]
2. Top cover
3. Right cover ( 3.2.1)
4. Toner supply motor unit [A] ( x 2,
x 1)
5. Toner supply motor [B] ( x 2)
G105R132.WMF
[B]
SM 3-21 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
1. Front door
2. Left cover
3. Front door support unit [A] ( x 2, x 1) [A]
G105R143.WMF
[B]
G105R144.WMF
[D] [C]
G105R145.WMF
G104 3-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DRIVE
3.5.6 ID SENSORS
1. Front door
2. Fusing unit ( 3.8.1)
3. ID sensor cover [A] ( x 1) [A]
4. ID sensor bracket [B] ( x 3, x 1)
NOTE: Do SP 2111 4 to adjust the ID
sensors after you replace the
ID sensor.
Replacement
G105R146.WMF
Adjustment
[B]
3.6 DRIVE
3.6.1 DRIVE UNIT
[D]
G105R152.WMF
SM 3-23 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DUPLEX
3.7 DUPLEX
3.7.1 DUPLEX JAM SENSOR
G105R117.WMF
[B]
G105R119.WMF
[A]
G104 3-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DUPLEX
Replacement
Adjustment
G105R153.WMF
[F]
G105R154.WMF
SM 3-25 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
3.8 FUSING
CAUTION
1. Make sure that the fusing unit is cool before you touch it. The fusing
unit can be very hot.
2. Make sure to restore the insulators, shields, etc after you service the
fusing unit.
1. Front door
2. Fusing unit [A]
[A]
G105R122.WMF
[B]
G105R126.WMF
G104 3-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
[B]
G105R124.WMF
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
6. Thermistor [C] ( x 1, x 1)
[D]
7. Thermostat [D] x 2 ( x 3)
NOTE: Do not recycle a thermostat
that is already opened.
Safety is not guaranteed if [C]
you do this.
G105R123.WMF
1. Fusing unit
2. Fusing unit upper and lower
cover ( 3.8.2)
[B]
3. Fusing supporter right and left
plate ( 3.8.2)
4. Fusing lamp supporter right [A]
( x 1) and left plate [B] ( x 1)
5. Fusing lamp [C] ( x 2) G105R125.WMF [C]
[A]
SM 3-27 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
1. Front door
[C]
2. Paper exit unit ( x 3)
3. Sensor board [A] ( x 1, x 2)
4. Fusing exit senor [B]
5. Paper exit sensor [C]
[A]
[B]
G105R116.WMF
G105R118.WMF
G104 3-28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
Fan Direction
Replacement
Adjustment
G105V204.WMF
NOTE: You must reinstall the cooling fans in the original orientations. Do not
reinstall the cooling fans opposite to the original orientations, or the air will
blow in the wrong directions.
SM 3-29 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ADJUSTMENTS
3.9 ADJUSTMENTS
3.9.1 GAMMA ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Clean and/or replace related parts first to solve any color quality problems.
Perform these procedures if adjustments are necessary:
Summary
To adjust the printer gamma:
• Select the print mode you want to calibrate
• Print a color calibration test sheet
• Make the gradation scales on the printout smooth from the lowest to the
highest density. Adjust the CMY gradation scale at the top of the chart by
balancing the density of the C, M, and Y gradation scales – the CMY gray
scale should change smoothly from minimum to maximum. There should be
no coloration.
Example:
[C]
[B]
[A]
G105R913.JPG
G104 3-30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ADJUSTMENTS
You can adjust 15 points for each color: (example [A]) between 0 (lowest density)
[B] and 255 (highest density) [C]. For each point, you can adjust the density within
0 and 255.
The gradation scales marked ‘Default’ are printed according to the default gamma
settings in the flash ROM in the controller. The gamma adjustment changes the
densities at the adjustable points in the gradation scale. The gradation scale
marked “Current” shows the current settings.
Compare the “Current” gradation scale with the ‘Default’ at the time you perform
the adjustment procedure. Select the density for each of the 15 adjustable points,
excluding points 0 and 255, from the ‘Default’ gradation scale.
The NVRAM holds three sets of controller gamma settings:
• Those saved this time: Controller SP 1101 ToneCtlSet - Tone (Current)
Replacement
Adjustment
• Those saved in the previous adjustment: Controller SP 1101 ToneCtlSet -
Tone (Prev)
• The factory settings: Controller SP 1101 ToneCtlSet - Tone (Factory).
Adjustment Procedure
1. Enter the controller service mode. ( 5.1.1)
2. Use the down arrow key to select Controller SP 1102 “ToneCtlSet”. Then press
the Enter key.
3. Use the up/down key to select the mode you want to calibrate, Then press the
Escape key until you get back to the controller service mode menu.
4. Use the down arrow key to select Controller SP 1103 “PrnColorSheet”. Then
press the Enter key.
5. Use the up/down key to select Controller SP 1103 001 “ToneCtlSheet”
(normally this is displayed by default). Then press the Enter key.
6. Press the Enter key to print out the “color calibration test sheet”. When
“Execute?” shows.
7. Press the Escape key 2 times to exit from the menu. (You return to Controller
SP 1103 “PrnColorSheet” in the controller service menu.)
8. Use the down arrow key to select Controller SP 1104 “ToneCtlValue”. Then
press the enter key.
SM 3-31 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ADJUSTMENTS
9. Use the up/down arrow key to select the setting you want to adjust. Then press
the enter key. The three digits in the display (example ‘016’) indicate a position
on the color calibration test sheet.
Operation Panel Color Calibration
Display Test Sheet
Set Black 1 Default Value 16
Set Black 2 Default Value 32
Set Black 3 Default Value 48
: :
: :
Set Black 13 Default Value 208
Set Black 14 Default Value 224
Set Black 15 Default Value 240
Set Cyan 1 ~ 15 See Set Black 1 ~ 15
Set Magenta 1 ~ 15 See Set Black 1 ~ 15
Set Yellow 1 ~ 15 See Set Black 1 ~ 15
Adjust the color density at each of the 15 points for each of the four colors.
NOTE: 1) Execute these to decide what density value to input:
2) Look at the color adjustment sheet.
3) Look at the gradation scale entitled ‘Default’ for the color you want to
adjust.
4) Go along the scale until you reach the density you want to input.
5) Read off the value on the scale and store it in the machine.
a) Use the up/down key to move the cursor along the three-digit
display. Then press the Enter key.
b) Use the up/down key to change the digit at the cursor. Then
press the Enter key.
c) Press the Escape key to exit from the menu.
6) Execute the same for all 15 points.
10. When the density setting is complete for all colors, print out a color adjustment
sheet again and make sure that the gradation scale for each printed color is
smooth and that the CMY gradation scale is gray. Do the adjustment again if
there is an anomaly (normally, repeat this procedure 3 to 5 times).
11. Execute these when the adjustment results are satisfactory:
1) Use Controller SP 1105 “ToneCtlSave” in the controller service menu, to
store the new settings in the controller.
2) Reset the controller (press the [Reset] key when the machine is off line”) to
use the new settings.
NOTE: You must reset the controller to keep the new settings in the controller
NVRAM.
G104 3-32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 PROCESS CONTROL RESULT
The table below lists the process control results shown in SP 3821.
Number Result Notes
10 Success No error
21 ID sensor correction error SC 400
22 ID sensor: LED adjustment error SC 418
31 Charge bias correction error SC 300 to 307
51 High Vmin (Bk), High K2 (Color) error SP3145
NOTE
52 Low K2 (Color) error SP3146
NOTE
53 High K5 error SP3147
NOTE
54 Low K5 error SP3147
NOTE
55 High development gamma γ > 5.0,
NOTE
56 Low development gamma γ < 0.5,
NOTE
57 Development bias adjustment error Vk >150V
NOTE
58 Development bias adjustment error Vk < -150V
NOTE
90 No process control -
99 Not successful Interrupt during the process
shooting
Trouble-
control (e.g. Door open)
NOTE: This error code does not usually occur. Although an error code may be
displayed, if no problem is observed with image density and/or
development gamma, nothing needs to be done. If an image problem such
as low image density is observed, check the following points: Transfer belt
/ PCU / ID sensor / Toner Bottle
The 8 numbers on the LCD in SP 3821 indicate the process control result for each
color.
There are two numbers for each color. The numbers are shown from left to right on
the display as follows: Black, Magenta, Cyan, Yellow.
For example, if process control for each color is successful:
10101010
10 (Black), 10 (Magenta), 10 (Cyan), 10 (Yellow)
If a problem is detected during process control:
10515110
10 (Black), 51 (Magenta), 51 (Cyan), 10 (Yellow)
SM 4-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
G104 4-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Engine SC
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
195 Incorrect serial number
[D] When checking the • Registered product number does not match the
registered product number, printer’s product number.
it does not match the 1. Try again to input the correct product number with
printer’s product number. SP5811-001.
shooting
Trouble-
202 Polygon motor error: Time out with the polygon motor activated
[D] After the polygon motor • Disconnected cable from the polygon motor drive
turns on or changes the board or defective connection
speed, the SCRDY_N is not • Defective polygon motor or drive board
active within 10 seconds.
203 Polygon motor error: Time out with the polygon motor inactivated
[D] After the polygon motor • Disconnected cable from the polygon motor drive
turns off or changes the board or defective connection
speed, the SCRDY_N is not • Defective polygon motor or drive board
inactive within 10 seconds.
204 Polygon motor error: XSCRDY signal error
[D] PMRDY_N signal • Disconnected cable from the polygon motor drive
consecutively detects that board or defective connection
the polygon motor is an • Defective polygon motor or drive board
inactive state while LDB unit 1. Check the connectors.
scans. 2. Replace the polygon motor.
3. Replace the polygon motor drive board.
205 Polygon motor error: XSCRDY signal not stable
[D] PMRDY_N signal • Disconnected cable from the polygon motor drive
consecutively detects that board or defective connection
the polygon motor is an • Defective polygon motor or drive board.
inactive state while the 1. Check the connectors.
polygon motor turns on or 2. Replace the polygon motor.
changes the speed.
3. Replace the polygon motor drive board.
SM 4-3 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
210 Trailing edge laser detection error: [K]
[C] The laser synchronizing • Disconnected cable from the laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [K] detection unit or defective connection
of the trailing edge is not • Defective laser synchronizing detector
detected for one second • Defective LDB
after the LDB unit turned on
• Defective EGB
when detecting the main
1. Check the connectors.
scan magnification.
2. Replace the laser-synchronizing detector.
3. Replace the LDB.
4. Replace the EGB.
211 Trailing edge laser detection error: [Y]
[C] The laser synchronizing Same as SC 210
detection signal for LDB [Y]
of the trailing edge is not
detected for one second
after the LDB unit turned on
when detecting the main
scan magnification.
212 Trailing edge laser detection error: [M]
[C] The laser synchronizing Same as SC 210
detection signal for LDB [M]
of the trailing edge is not
detected for one second
after the LDB unit turned on
when detecting the main
scan magnification.
213 Trailing edge laser detection error: [C]
[C] The laser synchronizing Same as SC 210
detection signal for LDB [C]
of the trailing edge is not
detected for one second
after the LDB unit turned on
when detecting the main
scan magnification.
220 Laser Synchronizing Detection Error: LDB of the leading edge [K]
[D] The laser synchronizing • Disconnected cable from the laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [K] detection unit or defective connection
of the leading edge is not • Defective laser synchronizing detector
output for two seconds after • Defective LDB
LDB unit turns on while the
• Defective EGB
polygon motor is rotating
normally. 1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the laser-synchronizing detector.
3. Replace the LDB.
4. Replace the EGB.
G104 4-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
222 Leading edge laser detection error: [Y]
[D] The laser synchronizing Same as SC 221
detection signal for LDB [Y]
of the leading edge is not
output for two seconds after
LDB unit turns on while the
polygon motor is rotating
normally.
224 Leading edge laser detection error: [M]
[D] The laser synchronizing Same as SC 221
detection signal for LDB [M]
of the leading edge is not
output for two seconds after
LDB unit turns on while the
polygon motor is rotating
normally.
226 Leading edge laser detection error: [C]
[D] The laser synchronizing Same as SC 221
detection signal for LDB [C]
of the leading edge is not
shooting
Trouble-
output for two seconds after
LDB unit turns on while the
polygon motor is rotating
normally.
230 FGATE: On error [K]
[C] The PFGATE ON signal • Defective connection between the controller
does not assert within 5 board and EGB
seconds after processing • Defective cable between the EGB and LDB
the image in normal job or 1. Check the connectors.
MUSIC for [K] starts. 2. Replace the LDB.
3. Replace the EGB.
231 FGATE: Off error [K]
[C] 1. The PFGATE ON signal • Defective connection between the controller
still asserts within 5 board and EGB
seconds after • Defective cable between the EGB and LDB
processing the image in 1. Check the connectors.
normal job or MUSIC 2. Replace the LDB.
for [K] ends.
3. Replace the EGB.
2. The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts when the
next job starts.
232 FGATE: On error [Y]
[C] The PFGATE register of Same as SC 230
GAVD does not assert
within 5 seconds after
processing the image in
normal job or MUSIC for [Y]
started.
SM 4-5 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
233 FGATE: Off error [Y]
[C] 1. The PFGATE ON signal Same as SC 231
still asserts within 5
seconds after
processing the image in
normal job or MUSIC
for [K] ends.
2. The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts when the
next job starts.
234 FGATE: On error [M]
[C] The PFGATE register of Same as SC 230
GAVD does not assert
within 5 seconds after
processing the image in
normal job or MUSIC for [M]
started.
235 FGATE: Off error [M]
[C] 1. The PFGATE ON signal Same as SC 231
still asserts within 5
seconds after
processing the image in
normal job or MUSIC
for [M] ends.
2. The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts when the
next job starts.
236 FGATE: On error [C]
[C] The PFGATE register of Same as SC 230
GAVD does not assert
within 5 seconds after
processing the image in
normal job or MUSIC for [C]
started.
237 FGATE: Off error [C]
[C] 1. The PFGATE ON signal Same as SC 231
still asserts within 5
seconds after
processing the image in
normal job or MUSIC
for [C] ends.
2. The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts when the
next job starts.
240 LDB error [K]
[D] The EGB detects LDB error • Defective LDB
a few times consecutively 1. Replace the LDB.
when LDB unit turns on
after LDB initialisation.
G104 4-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
241 LDB error [Y]
[D] The EGB detects LDB error Same as SC240
a few times consecutively
when LDB unit turns on
after LDB initialisation.
242 LDB error [M]
[D] The EGB detects LDB error Same as SC240
a few times consecutively
when LDB unit turns on
after LDB initialisation.
243 LDB error [C]
[D] The EGB detects LDB error Same as SC240
a few times consecutively
when LDB unit turns on
after LDB initialisation.
270 LDU shutter error
[D] Sensor output does not • Sensor defective or LDU shutter motor defective
change even if 1 second 1. Replace the LDU shutter sensor or shutter motor.
passes after the LDU
shutter motor is on.
shooting
Trouble-
300 High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [K]
[D] The measured voltage is • Defective charge roller
not proper when EGB • Defective connectors
measures the charge output • Disconnected harness
for each color.
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for black.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
301 High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [M]
[D] The measured voltage is • Defective charge roller
not proper when EGB • Defective connectors
measures the charge output • Disconnected harness
for each color.
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for magenta.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
302 High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [C]
[D] The measured voltage is • Defective charge roller
not proper when EGB • Defective connectors
measures the charge output • Disconnected harness
for each color.
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for cyan.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
SM 4-7 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
303 High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [Y]
[D] The measured voltage is • Defective charge roller
not proper when EGB • Defective connectors
measures the charge output • Disconnected harness
for each color.
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for yellow.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
304 Charge AC bias error [K]
[D] The charge current less • Defective charge roller
than 200 µA is detected. • Defective connectors
• Disconnected harness
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for black.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
305 Charge AC bias error [M]
[D] The charge current less • Defective charge roller
than 200 µA is detected. • Defective connectors
• Disconnected harness
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for magenta.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
306 Charge AC bias error [C]
[D] The charge current less • Defective charge roller
than 200 µA is detected. • Defective connectors
• Disconnected harness
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for cyan.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
307 Charge AC bias error [Y]
[D] The charge current less • Defective charge roller
than 200 µA is detected. • Defective connectors
• Disconnected harness
• Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for yellow.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
G104 4-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
325 Color development motor error
[D] 1. LOCK signal is not • Color development motor slip due to the increase
detected for more than of the load torque
two seconds while the 1. Adjust the load torque properly by replacing or
motor START signal is cleaning the development unit.
on. 2. Replace or repair the development motor if the
2. LOCK signal is not load torque is normal.
cancelled within two
seconds after the motor
is off.
360 TD sensor: Output maximum error [K]
[D] Vt is more than the • Defective connector connection
maximum value (4.5) for • Increasing toner density
three times consecutively. 1. Replace the PCU.
361 TD sensor: Output maximum error [M]
[D] Same as SC 360
362 TD sensor: Output maximum error [C]
[D] Same as SC 360
363 TD sensor: Output maximum error [Y]
[D] Same as SC 360
shooting
Trouble-
364 TD sensor: Output minimum error [K]
[D] Vt is less than the minimum • Defective connector connection
value (0.5) for three times • Decreasing toner density
consecutively. 1. Replace the PCU.
365 TD sensor Output minimum error [M]
[D] Same as SC 364
366 TD sensor: Output minimum error [C]
[D] Same as SC 364
367 TD sensor: Output minimum error [Y]
[D] Same as SC 364
368 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [K]
[D] 1. Vt is less than 1 V even • Defective connector connection
though the control • Defective TD sensor
power voltage is • The toner density in the developer is different
adjusted to the from the initial condition.
maximum. 1. Replace the PCU.
2. Vt is more than 1 V even
though the control
power voltage is
adjusted to the
minimum.
369 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [M]
[D] Same as SC 368
370 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [C]
[D] Same as SC 368
371 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [Y]
[D] Same as SC 368
SM 4-9 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
372 TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [K]
[D] Vt is not (A ± 0.2) when • Defective connector connection
initial setting for TD sensor • Defective TD sensor
is executed. • The toner density in the developer is different
A = SP3011-001 for [K] from the initial condition.
1. Replace the PCU.
373 TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [M]
[D] Vt is not (A ± 0.2) when Same as 372
initial setting for TD sensor
is executed.
A = SP3011-002 for [M]
374 TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [C]: same as 372
[D] Vt is not (A ± 0.2) when Same as 372
initial setting for TD sensor
is executed.
A = SP3011-003 for [C]
375 TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [Y]: same as 372
[D] Vt is not (A ± 0.2) when Same as 372
initial setting for TD sensor
is executed.
A = SP3011-004 for [Y]
380 Drum gear position sensor error
[C] When receiving the input • Unclean or defective drum gear position sensor
signal of drum gear position 1 Clean the drum gear position sensor.
sensor is not correctly 2 Replace the drive unit.
done, SC380 is logged.
396 Drum motor error [K]
[D] The LOCK signal is not • OPC motor slip due to the excessive load
detected for 2 seconds 1. Clean the PCU.
more while the start signal 2. Check the cable from the Black OPC/
of the drum motor for black Development motor. Replace it if necessary.
PCU is output. 3. Replace the EGB.
4. Replace the Black OPC/ Development motor.
397 Drum motor error [CMY]
[D] The LOCK signal is not Same as SC 396
detected for 2 seconds
more while the start signal
of the drum motor for color
PCU is output.
400 ID sensor correction error
[D] Regular Vsp is not (4 ± 0.5 • Defective ID sensors
V) when ID sensor • Dirty ID sensors or transfer belt
correction is executed. • ID sensor life is over.
1. Replace the ID sensors.
418 ID sensor: LED adjustment error
[D] LED PWM adjustment is • Defective ID sensors
not [A] for three times • Dirty ID sensors or transfer belt
consecutively. • ID sensor life is over.
[A] = 50 < [A] < 400 1. Replace the ID sensors.
G104 4-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
442 Transfer belt contact error
[D] The transfer belt contact • Dirty transfer belt contact sensor
sensor does not detect the • Defective transfer belt contact motor
movement of actuator at the • Disconnected connector of transfer belt contact
sensor while the polygon sensor or motor
motor rotates.
• Disconnected cable
1. Replace the transfer belt contact sensor.
2. Replace the transfer belt contact motor.
452 Transfer roller contact error
[D] The transfer roller contact • Defective transfer roller contact sensor
sensor does not detect the • Defective transfer roller contact motor
movement of actuator at the • Defective IOB
sensor while the polygon 1. Replace the transfer roller contact sensor.
motor rotates.
2. Replace the transfer roller contact motor.
3. Replace the IOB.
490 High Voltage Power 1: High voltage output error
[D] Error signal is detected for • One of the DC bias outputs for each PCU is
10 times consecutively. shorted or one of the transfer belt bias outputs for
[Y], [M] and [C].
shooting
Trouble-
• Power leaking
• Defective connection
• Disconnected cable
• Defective PCU
• Defective High Voltage Power 1
1. Replace the High Voltage Power 1.
2. Reset the cables and components.
3. Replace the PCU.
491 High Voltage Power 2: High voltage output error
[D] Error signal is detected for • One of the separation bias output, development
10 times consecutively. bias output and transfer belt cleaning bias output
is shorted or one of the transfer belt bias output
for [K] and transfer roller bias output is shorted.
• Power leaking
• Defective connection
• Defective PCU
• Defective High Voltage Power 2
1. Replace the High Voltage Power 2.
2. Reset the cables and components.
3. Replace the PCU.
531 Paper feed / Fusing motor error
[D] 1. LOCK signal is not • Defective paper feed/ fusing motor
detected for more than 1. Replace the paper feed/ fusing motor.
two seconds while the
motor START signal is
on.
2. LOCK signal is not
cancelled within two
seconds after the motor
is off.
SM 4-11 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
532 Fan motor error
[D] The fan motor “On” signal is • Defective fan motor
not detected for the 1. If the error occurs again, one of the fans is
components below after the defective. Remove the covers, find the defective
drum motor for black is set fan and replace it.
to “On”.
• PSU fan
• Fusing unit fan
• Polygon motor fan
• Drive unit fan
• Exit paper fan
541 Thermistor error
[A] The thermistor output is • Disconnected thermistor
less than 0°C for six • Defective connector connection
seconds.
542 Print ready temperature error
[A] 1. The heating roller • Defective thermistor
temperature increase • Thermistor coming off
that is less than 67 • Incorrect power supply input at the main power
degrees for 9 seconds socket
is detected five times
• Defective fusing lamp
consecutively.
2. The fusing temperature
does not reach the print
ready temperature
within 15 seconds after
the fusing lamp was
controlled.
543 High temperature detection: Software
[A] The thermistor detects • Defective thermistor
230°C for 0.2 seconds. • Defective I/O board
• Defective EGB
544 High temperature detection: Hard
[A] The thermistor detects • Defective thermistor
250°C. • Defective I/O board
• Defective EGB
• Defective fusing unit, PSU, or EGB
1. Replace the fusing unit.
2. Replace the PSU.
545 Heating lamp error
[A] The fusing lamp is full- • Deformed thermistor
powered for 8 seconds after • Thermistor coming off
the heating roller reaches • Defective fusing lamp
the print ready temperature.
G104 4-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
SC Item
[Level] Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
547 Zero cross error
[D] 1. The zero cross signal is • Defective fusing lamp relay
detected three times • Defective fusing lamp relay circuit
even though the heater • Unstable power supply
relay is off when turning 1. Check the power supply source.
on the main power.
2. Replace the PSU.
2. The zero cross signal is
not detected for three
seconds even though
the heater relay is on
after turning on the
main power or closing
the front door.
3. The detection error
occurs twice or more in
the ten zero cross
signal detections. This
error is defined when
the detected zero cross
signal is less than 17 for
200 ms.
shooting
Trouble-
557 Zero cross frequency error
[C] The detection error occurs • Noise (High frequency)
ten times in a row in ten 1. Check the power supply source.
zero cross signal
detections. This error is
defined when the detected
zero cross signal is more
than 28 for 200 ms.
This SC is only logged. In
this case, the power
frequency is defined as 60
Hz.
670 Engine start-up error
[D] The ready signal from the • Defective engine board.
engine board is not 1. Replace the engine board.
detected.
687 Controller board command error
[D] A command from the • Loose connection
controller board is not • Defective controller board
received. • Defective EGB
1. Check the connection of the controller board.
2. Replace the controller board.
3. Replace the EGB
690 EGB data error
[D] The data transfer in the • Defective EGB
EGB is interrupted by some 1. Replace the EGB.
incident (e.g. cover open
etc.) during the data
transfer.
SM 4-13 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Controller Error
The following table shows the controller error codes. These codes show at the
following times if an error occurs:
• Power-on
• After the power-on self diagnostic test
Important: Always try turning the main switch off and on to check if the problem
persists.
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
818 [00FF] Watch-dog error
[D] While the system program • Defective controller
is running, other processes 1. Replace the controller if it occurs frequently.
do not operate at all.
819 [0696e] Kernel stop: Process error
[D] System completely down • Defective RAM DIMM
• Defective SD card in slot 1
• Defective controller
• Software error
1. Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM.
2. Check and/or replace the SD card in slot 1.
3. Replace the controller.
4. See NOTE at the end of the SC table.
G104 4-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
820 [0001-0015] [000A-000D] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
[D] During the boot monitor • Defective CPU device
program and self- • Defective boot monitor program or self-diagnostic
diagnostic, any exception or program
cut-in are not supposed to 1. Replace the controller board.
happen. If these happen, it 2. Reinstall the system firmware.
is defined as SC.
[00FF] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
Cache access error in the • Defective CPU
CPU • Defective local bus
1. Turn the main switch off and on.
2. Reinstall the system program.
3. Replace the controller board.
[0601, 0602, 0605, 0606, 0607, 0609] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error
code
Exceptional command does • Defective CPU devices
not operate even though it 1. Replace the controller board
is executed on purpose.
[060A-060E] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
Cut-in command does not • Defective CPU devices
shooting
Trouble-
operate when it is executed. • Defective ASIC devices
1. Replace the controller board
[0610] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
Timer cut-in does not • Defective CPU devices
operate even though it is 1. Replace the controller board
set.
[0612] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
Cut-in in ASIC occurs. • Defective ASIC
• Defective devices in which ASIC detects cut-in.
1. Replace the controller board.
[06FF] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
The pipeline clock • Defective CPU devices
frequency rate is different • Mode bit data error, which is used for initialising
from the prescribed value. CPU
1. Replace the controller board
[0702] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
The result when the • Insufficient CPU cache
program is executed in the • Insufficient memory process speed
command cache is different 1. Replace the controller board.
from desirable value. 2. Replace the RAM DIMM.
[0709, 070A] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
Even you write the data in • Defective CPU devices
the only cache of memory, • Incorrect SPD
the data is actually written • Boot mode setting error
in another area of memory. 1. Replace the controller board.
2. Replace the RAM DIMM.
SM 4-15 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[0801, 0804, 0807, 0808, 0809, 80A] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error
code
An error occurs when • Defective CPU devices
checking the TLB. 1. Replace the controller board.
[4002-4005] Self-diagnostic error– CPU: Detailed error code
The calculation error in the • Defective CPU
CPU occurs. 1. Replace the CPU.
821 [0B00] Self-diagnostic error - ASIC
[D] ASIC and CPU timer error • Defective controller
detected during self- 1. Replace the controller if the error is frequent.
diagnostic.
[0D05] Self-diagnostic error– ASIC
The CPU checks if the • System firmware problem
ASIC timer works properly • Defective RAM-DIMM
compared with the CPU • Defective controller
timer. If the ASIC timer 1. Reinstall the controller system firmware.
does not function in the
2. Replace the RAM-DIMM.
specified range, this SC
code is displayed. 3. Replace the controller board.
G104 4-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
824 [1401] Self-diagnostic error – NVRAM
[D] The controller cannot • Loose connection
recognize the standard • Defective standard NVRAM
NVRAM installed or detects • Defective controller
that the NVRAM is 1. Check the standard NVRAM is firmly inserted into
defective. the socket.
2. Replace the NVRAM.
3. Replace the controller.
827 [0201] Self-diagnostic error – RAM: Verification error
[D] Error detected during a • Loose connection
write/verify check for the • Defective RAM DIMM
standard RAM (SRAM • Defective controller
DIMM). 1. Replace the RAM DIMM.
2. Replace the controller.
828 [0101] Self-diagnostic error – ROM: Check sum error 1
[D] The boot monitor and OS • Defective SD card in slot 1
program stored in the ROM • Defective controller
DIMM is checked. If the 1. Replace the SD card in slot 1.
check sum of the program 2. Replace the controller.
shooting
Trouble-
is incorrect, this SC code is
displayed.
[0104] Self-diagnostic error – ROM: Check sum error 2
All areas of the ROM DIMM Same as [0101]
are checked. If the check
sum of all programs stored
in the ROM DIMM is
incorrect, this SC code is
displayed.
829 [0302] Self-diagnostic error – RAM: Composition error (Slot 0)
[B] The result of checking the • Not specified RAM DIMM installed
composition data of the • Defective RAM DIMM
RAM in Slot 0 (CN5) on the 1. Replace the RAM DIMM.
controller is incorrect. 2. Replace the controller board.
[0401] Self-diagnostic error – RAM: Verification error (Slot 1)
The data stored in the RAM Same as SC 829 [0302]
in Slot 1 does not match the
data when reading.
[0402] Self-diagnostic error – RAM: Composition error (Slot 1)
The result of checking the Same as SC 829 [0302]
composition data of the
RAM in Slot 1 (CN6) on the
controller is incorrect.
850 Network interface error
[B] The network is unusable. • Defective controller
1. Replace the controller.
SM 4-17 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
851 IEEE1394 interface error
[B] The 1394 interface is • Defective IEEE1394
unusable. • Defective controller.
1. Replace the IEEE1394 interface board.
2. Replace the controller.
853 Wireless LAN card not detected
[B] The wireless LAN card is • Loose connection
not detected before 1. Check the connection.
communication is
established, though the
wireless LAN board is
detected.
854 Wireless LAN card not detected
[B] The wireless LAN card is • Loose connection
not detected after 1. Check the connection.
communication is
established, though the
wireless LAN board is
detected.
855 Wireless LAN card error
[B] An error is detected in the • Loose connection
wireless LAN card. • Defective wireless LAN card
1. Check the connection.
2. Replace the wireless LAN card.
856 Wireless LAN card error
[B] An error is detected in the • Defective wireless LAN board
wireless LAN board. • Loose connection
1. Check the connection.
2. Replace the wireless LAN board.
857 USB interface error
[B] The USB interface cannot • Defective USB driver
be used due to a driver • Loose connection
error. 1. Check the connection.
2. Replace the controller.
860 HDD: Initialization error
[B] The controller detects that • HDD not initialized
the hard disk fails. • Defective HDD
1. Reformat the HDD. (SP5832)
2. Replace the HDD.
861 HDD: Reboot error
[D] The HDD does not become • Loose connection
ready within 30 seconds • Defective cables
after the power is supplied • Defective HDD
to the HDD.
• Defective controller
1. Check the connection between the HDD and
controller.
2. Check and replace the cables.
3. Replace the HDD.
4. Replace the controller.
G104 4-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
863 HDD: Read error
[D] The data stored in the HDD • Defective HDD
cannot be read correctly. • Defective controller
1. Replace the HDD.
2. Replace the controller.
864 HDD: CRC error
[D] While reading data from the • Defective HDD
HDD or storing data in the 1. Replace the HDD.
HDD, data transmission
fails.
865 HDD: Access error
[D] An error is detected while • Defective HDD
operating the HDD. 1. Replace the HDD.
866 SD card authentication error
[B] A correct license is not • SD-card data is corrupted.
found in the SD card. 1. Store correct data in the SD card.
867 SD card error
[D] The SD card is ejected from • The SD card is ejected from the slot.
the slot. 1. Install the SD card.
shooting
Trouble-
868 SD card access error [243-253: File system error, 254 or blank: Device error]
[D] SD card error occurs when • Defective SD card
SD card is activated. • Defective SD card controller
1. For a file system error, format the SD card on your
PC.
2. For a device error, turn the mains switch off and on.
3. Replace the SD card.
4. Replace the controller.
870 Address data error
[B] An error is detected in the • Defective software program
data copied to the address • Defective HDD
book over a network. • Incorrect path to the sever
1. Initialize the address book data (SP 5846 50).
2. Initialize the user information (format the hard disk
with SP5832).
3. Replace the HDD.
900 Electric counter error
[D] Abnormal data is stored in • Defective NVRAM
the counters. • Defective controller
1. Turn the main switch off and on.
2. Check the connection between the NVRAM and
controller.
3. Replace the NVRAM.
4. Replace the controller.
920 Printer function error
[B] The error that causes the • Turn the main switch off/on, or install Printer
malfunction in the software Application firmware
application is detected. • Unexpected hardware structure
(insufficient memory or hard disk space.)
SM 4-19 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS
Item
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
921 Printer font error
[B] No font is detected in the • Install the System, Printer Application, NIB, and
machines that have the font Web System firmware.
in the SD card when the
printer application is run.
990 Software performance error 1
[D] The software makes an • Defective software
unexpected operation. • Defective controller
• Software error
1. Reinstall the controller and/or engine main
firmware.
2. See NOTE 1 at the end of the SC table.
991 Software performance error 2
[C] Unexpected software error The machine does not stop and the SC code is not
detected, which does not displayed. The machine automatically recovers.
affect operation of the However, the SC code is logged in the engine
machine summary sheet (SMC).
992 SC not defined
[D] SC that is not controlled in • Defective system software
the system occurs.
998 Application start error
[D] No applications start within • Loose connection of RAM-DIMM, SD card in slot
60 seconds after the power is 1
turned on. • Defective controller
• Software problem
1. Check if the RAM-DIMM and SD card in slot 1 are
properly connected.
2. Reinstall the controller system firmware.
3. Replace the controller.
NOTE 1: If a problem always occurs in a specific condition (for example. printer driver setting,
image file), the problem may be caused by a software error. In this case, the following
data and information needs to be sent back to your product specialist.
• Symptom / Possible Causes / Action taken
• Summary sheet (SP mode “1 Service/Printer SP”, SP 1004 [Print Summary])
• SMC - All (SP 5990 2)
• SMC - Logging (SP 5990 4)
• Printer driver settings used when the problem occurs
• All data displayed on the screen (SC code, error code, and program address
where the problem is logged.)
• Image file which causes the problem, if possible
G104 4-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
shooting
Trouble-
Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions
All the paper is black. Incorrectly installed PCU Install the PCU correctly.
Defective PCU Replace the PCU.
Defective high voltage supply Replace high voltage supply
board board 1 or 2.
Defective LDU Replace the LDU.
Defective engine board Replace the engine board
(EGB) (EGB).
Defective main board Replace the main board.
SM 4-21 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
G104 4-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
shooting
Trouble-
At intervals of 82.5 mm Defective transfer roller Replace the transfer roller.
(3.25 inches)
At intervals of 94.2 mm Defective OPC drum or Replace the PCU or the
(3.71 inches) pressure roller fusing unit
At intervals of 141.4 mm Defective fusing belt Replace the fusing unit.
(5.57 inches)
SM 4-23 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
G104 4-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
4.3.13 GHOSTING
Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions
The same or similar image Defective PCU Replace the PCU.
appears two or more times.
They get weaker and Defective transfer unit Replace the transfer unit.
weaker.
shooting
Trouble-
not fused very well. Incorrect media type mode Select an appropriate media
mode.
Defective fusing unit Replace the fusing unit.
SM 4-25 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
G104 4-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS
shooting
Trouble-
Open Automatic line position
Shorted adjustment error: Transfer belt
8 Transfer Belt Rotation L CN222/27
unit speed cannot be detected,
causing the image skew.
Open “Close Front/Left Cover” is
displayed.
10 Front Door Sensor H CN206/1
Shorted The front cover open cannot
be detected.
Open Waste Toner near full is
indicated.
Waste Toner Overflow
11 H CN230/10 Shorted Waste toner full cannot be
Sensor
detected even if the waste
toner bottle is full.
Open “Close Front/Left Cover” is
displayed.
12 Left Cover Sensor H C230/15
Shorted The left cover open cannot be
detected.
Open Printed image is wrong such
Temperature/Humidity A CN231/1
13 Shorted as rough image, dirty
Sensor A CN231/3
background or weak image.
CN214/17 Open
CN214/15
14 Paper Size Sensor L Paper size error
CN214/14 Shorted
CN214/13
Open Paper jam is not detected even
Fusing Entrance if there is a paper
15 L CN213/6
Sensor Shorted Paper jam is detected even if
the there is no paper.
Open Paper jam is not detected even
if there is a paper
16 Duplex Jam Sensor 1 L CN213/1
Shorted Paper jam is detected even if
the there is no paper.
SM 4-27 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS
G104 4-28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS
IOB
Fuse Rating Symptom when turning on the main switch
FU897 3.15A Optional Paper Tray Unit dose not work.
FU898 2.0A Toners are not supplied.
FU899 1.6A SC270 is displayed.
shooting
Trouble-
4.6 LEDS
No LEDs are used for this model (except for the Network Interface).
SM 4-29 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
CAUTION
Before accessing the service menu, do the following:
Confirm that there is no print data in the printer buffer (the Data In LED
must not be lit or blinking).
If there is some data in the buffer, wait until all data has been printed.
From Feed
Online Menu Escape Enter
Job Reset
Data In
Service
Power Alert
Tables
G105S902.WMF
Method 2: Press the “Up/Down arrow” keys together for about 5 seconds, then
press the “Enter” key.
The “SYSTEMver x.xx/ 1. Service” appears on the display.
NOTE: The machine automatically goes off line when you enter the service mode.
SM 5-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
G104 5-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
5.1.2 REMARKS
Display on the Control Panel Screen
Since the maximum number of characters which can be displayed on the control
panel screen is limited (14 or 16 characters), the description of SP modes
displayed on the screen needs to be abbreviated. The following are the major
abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 14 or 16
characters.
Paper Type
N: Plain paper 1, N2 or Normal 2: Plain paper 2 (plain & recycled)
TC: Thick paper, Thick 1: Thick paper 1, Thick 2: Thick paper 2
TN: Thin paper
SP: Special paper
Color Mode [Color]
[K]: Black in B&W mode
[Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode
[YMC]: Only for Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan
[FC], [Cl]: Full Color mode
[FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full
color mode
Process Speed
LS: Low speed xx
RS: Regular speed xxx
HS: High speed xxx
Service
Tables
As shown in the following table, the process speed (mm/s) depends on the print
mode (B&W or Color), resolution, and/or type of paper selected. Some SP mode
settings depend on the process speed.
Count Unit
R: Rotation
S: Sheet
SM 5-3 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
Environment
LL: Low temperature and Low humidity
ML: Medium temperature and Low humidity
MM: Medium temperature and Medium humidity
MH: Medium temperature and High humidity
HH: High temperature and High humidity
Others
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.
FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory
setting sheets enclosed, which is located underneath the jammed paper removal
decal.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only
Do not touch the SP mode in the field.
“P” in the right hand side of the mode number column means that this SP mode
relates to the Printer Controller. If “P” is not in the column, this SP mode relates to
the Printer Engine.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main
switch must be turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this
mode is stored in the NVRAM (Engine and Printer Controller). If you do a RAM
clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. “EGB”, “CTL” and “NV”
indicate which NVRAM contains the data.
• EGB: NVRAM on the EGB board
• CTL: NVRAM on the controller board
• NV: NVRAM on the NVRAM expansion board (user account enhancement
kit)
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP
table in the following manner.
[ Adjustable range / Default setting / Step ] Alphanumeric
NOTE: If “Alphanumeric” is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the
setting of the SP mode is displayed on the screen using alphanumeric
characters instead of only numbers. However, the settings in the bracket in
the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers.
G104 5-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Bit 4: Tray selecting
Tables
0: Select tray is determined auto tray selecting
1: Like HP/SV
Bit 5 to 7: Not used. Do not change settings.
1001 004 Bit Switch 4 *CTL Adjusts bit switch settings. DFU
1001 005 Bit Switch 5 *CTL Bit 0 to 2: Not used. Do not change settings.
Bit 3: Enabled the “%%” command of the
PostScript detection condition for the auto print
language selection function.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
Bit 4 to 7: Not used. Do not change settings.
1001 006 Bit Switch 6 *CTL Adjusts bit switch settings. DFU
1001 007 Bit Switch 7 *CTL
1001 008 Bit Switch 8 *CTL
1001 009 Bit Switch 9 *CTL
1001 010 Bit Switch A *CTL
1001 011 Bit Switch B *CTL
1001 012 Bit Switch C *CTL
1001 013 Bit Switch D *CTL
1001 014 Bit Switch E *CTL
SM 5-5 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1101 [ToneCtlSet]
1101 001 Tone (Factory) *CTL Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be
1101 002 Tone (Prev.) *CTL either a) the factory setting, b) the previous
1101 003 Tone (Current) *CTL setting, or c) the current setting.
1103 [PrnColorSheet]
1103 001 ToneCtlSheet Prints the test page to check the color balance
1103 002 ColorChart before and after the gamma adjustment.
G104 5-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1104 [ToneCtlValue]
Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the Mode Selection menu.
1104 001 Set Black 1 *CTL [0 to 255 / 16 / 1/step]
1104 021 Set Cyan 1 *CTL
1104 041 Set Magenta 1 *CTL
1104 061 Set Yellow 1 *CTL
1104 002 Set Black 2 *CTL [0 to 255 / 32 / 1/step]
1104 022 Set Cyan 2 *CTL
1104 042 Set Magenta 2 *CTL
1104 062 Set Yellow 2 *CTL
1104 003 Set Black 3 *CTL [0 to 255 / 48 / 1/step]
1104 023 Set Cyan 3 *CTL
1104 043 Set Magenta 3 *CTL
1104 063 Set Yellow 3 *CTL
1104 004 Set Black 4 *CTL [0 to 255 / 64 / 1/step]
1104 024 Set Cyan 4 *CTL
1104 044 Set Magenta 4 *CTL
1104 064 Set Yellow 4 *CTL
1104 005 Set Black 5 *CTL [0 to 255 / 80 / 1/step]
1104 025 Set Cyan 5 *CTL
1104 045 Set Magenta 5 *CTL
1104 065 Set Yellow 5 *CTL
1104 006 Set Black 6 *CTL [0 to 255 / 96 / 1/step]
1104 026 Set Cyan 6 *CTL
1104 046 Set Magenta 6 *CTL
1104 066 Set Yellow 6 *CTL
1104 007 Set Black 7 *CTL [0 to 255 / 112 / 1/step]
Service
Tables
1104 027 Set Cyan 7 *CTL
1104 047 Set Magenta 7 *CTL
1104 067 Set Yellow 7 *CTL
1104 008 Set Black 8 *CTL [0 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]
1104 028 Set Cyan 8 *CTL
1104 048 Set Magenta 8 *CTL
1104 068 Set Yellow 8 *CTL
1104 009 Set Black 9 *CTL [0 to 255 / 144 / 1/step]
1104 029 Set Cyan 9 *CTL
1104 049 Set Magenta 9 *CTL
1104 069 Set Yellow 9 *CTL
1104 010 Set Black 10 *CTL [0 to 255 / 160 / 1/step]
1104 030 Set Cyan 10 *CTL
1104 050 Set Magenta 10 *CTL
1104 070 Set Yellow 10 *CTL
1104 011 Set Black 11 *CTL [0 to 255 / 176 / 1/step]
1104 031 Set Cyan 11 *CTL
1104 051 Set Magenta 11 *CTL
1104 071 Set Yellow 11 *CTL
1104 012 Set Black 12 *CTL [0 to 255 / 192 / 1/step]
1104 032 Set Cyan 12 *CTL
1104 052 Set Magenta 12 *CTL
SM 5-7 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1105 [ToneCtlSave]
Saves the print gamma (adjusted with the Gamma Adj.) as the new Current
Setting. Before the machine stores the new “current setting”, it moves the data
stored as the “current setting” to the “previous setting” memory-storage location.
1107 [FactoryTestPrt]
Prints the test page to check the color balance before transportation (600 x 600
2 bit). DFU
G104 5-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Tables
SM 5-9 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1001 036 Tray 3: Thick 2 *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 037 Tray 3: Thin: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 038 Tray 3: Thin: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 039 Tray 3: Special *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 040 By-pass: N2: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 041 By-pass: N2: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 042 By-pass: Thick 2 *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 043 By-pass: Thin: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 044 By-pass: Thin: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 045 By-pass: Special *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
Service
Tables
1003 004 Tray 1: OHP *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1003 005 Tray 2: Normal: LS *EGB
1003 006 Tray 2: Normal: RS *EGB
1003 007 Tray 2: Thick *EGB
1003 008 Tray 2: OHP *EGB
1003 009 Tray 3: Normal: LS *EGB
1003 010 Tray 3: Normal: RS *EGB
1003 011 Tray 3: Thick *EGB
1003 012 Tray 3: OHP *EGB
1003 013 By-pass: N:LS *EGB
1003 014 By-pass: N:RS *EGB
1003 015 By-pass: Thick *EGB
1003 016 By-pass: OHP *EGB
1003 017 Duplex: Normal: LS *EGB
1003 018 Duplex: Normal: RS *EGB
1003 019 Duplex: Thick *EGB
1003 020 Duplex: N2: LS *EGB
1003 021 Duplex: N2: RS *EGB
1003 022 Tray 1: Normal 2: LS *EGB
1003 023 Tray 1: Normal 2: RS *EGB
1003 024 Tray 1: Thick 2 *EGB
1003 025 Tray 1: Thin: LS *EGB
SM 5-11 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1004 019 Reverse: LS: CCW *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 020 Reverse: RS: CCW *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 021 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
1004 022 DEV / OPC [K]: RS: N2 *EGB motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 023 DEV [CMY]: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
1004 024 DEV [CMY]: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 025 OPC [CMY]: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
1004 026 OPC [CMY]: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 027 Fusing: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
1004 028 Fusing: RS: N2 *EGB speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 029 Trans. Belt: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
1004 030 Trans. Belt: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 031 PFU: LS: Normal 2 *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
1004 032 PFU: RS: Normal 2 *EGB optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
1004 033 Duplex: LS: Add: N2 *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 034 Duplex: RS: Add: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 035 Duplex: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 036 Duplex: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
1004 037 Reverse: LS: CW: N2 *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 038 Reverse: RS: CW: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 039 Rever.: LS: CCW: N2 *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 040 Rever.: RS: CCW: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 041 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: TC *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
Service
Tables
1004 042 DEV [CMY]: LS: TC *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 043 OPC [CMY]: LS: TC *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 044 Fusing: LS: Thick *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 045 Trans. Belt: LS: TC *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 046 PFU: LS: Thick *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
1004 047 Duplex: LS: Add: TC *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 048 Duplex: LS: Thick *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
1004 049 Reverse: LS: CW: TC *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 050 Rever.: LS: CCW: TC *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
SM 5-13 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1004 051 DEV / OPC [K] LS:TC2 *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 052 DEV [CMY]: LS: TC2 *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 053 OPC [CMY]: LS: TC2 *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 054 Fusing: LS: TC 2 *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 055 T. Belt: LS: TC 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 056 PFU: LS: Thick 2 *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
1004 057 Duplex: LS: Thick 2 *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
1004 058 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 059 DEV [CMY]: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 060 OPC [CMY]: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 061 Fusing: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 062 Trans. Belt: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 063 PFU: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
1004 064 Duplex: LS: SP *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
1004 065 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: TN *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
1004 066 DEV / OPC [K]: RS: TN *EGB motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01 %/step]
1004 067 DEV [CMY]: LS: Thin *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
1004 068 DEV [CMY]: RS: Thin *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 069 OPC [CMY]: LS: Thin *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
1004 070 OPC [CMY]: RS: Thin *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 071 Fusing: LS: Thin *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
1004 072 Fusing: RS: Thin *EGB speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 1.4 / 0.01%/step]
1004 073 Trans. Belt: LS: TN *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
1004 074 Trans. Belt: RS: TN *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 075 PFU: LS: Thin *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
1004 076 PFU: RS: Thin *EGB optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
1004 077 Duplex: LS: Thin *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 078 Duplex: RS: Thin *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
G104 5-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1004 079 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
OHP motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01 %/step]
1004 080 DEV [CMY]: LS: OHP *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 081 OPC [CMY]: LS: OHP *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 082 Fusing: LS: OHP *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 083 T.Belt: LS: OHP *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 084 PFU: LS: OHP *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
1004 085 Duplex: LS: OHP *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
Service
Tables
1104 022 Max. Wait Time *EGB [0 to 255 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
Adjusts the maximum waiting time for the target printing temperature of fusing
unit. After this interval, printing will start if the temperature did not get to the
target.
1104 023 Paper Feed. Temp. *EGB [0 to 30 / 5 / 1°/step]
Adjusts the increase in the temperature of the fusing unit between the ready
condition and the start of paper feed at the start of a new job.
1104 024 1st Add Time: LS [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.1 sec/step]
For print jobs at low speed. If the interval between jobs is less than this setting,
then the temperature change (1104 025) for the first page of a new job is not
applied.
1104 025 1st Add Temp. *EGB [0 to 20 / 0 / 1°C/step]
Adds this value to the basic fusing temperature, for the first page of a new job.
This extra temperature is necessary because when the printer starts the first
page, the fusing unit is not warm enough.
1104 026 1st Temp. Maint. *EGB [0 to 50 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Adjusts the time for maintaining the temperature change that is set with 1104
025.
1104 027 1st Print Inter. *EGB [0 to 100 / 0.2 / 0.1 sec/step]
For print jobs at regular speed. If the interval between jobs is less than this
setting, then the temperature change (1104 025) for the first page of a new job
is not applied.
SM 5-15 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1105 069 SP1: Simp.: [FC] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 165 / 1°C/step]
1105 071 SP1: Dupl.: [FC] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 165 / 1°C/step]
1105 089 OHP: [K]: LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 160 / 1°C/step]
1105 090 OHP: [FC]: LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 160 / 1°C/step]
[Print Speed Ctl] Print Speed Control for small paper sizes (A5 or smaller)
(Sheets of paper, Interval time or Temperature, Process Speed)
1911 Simple [one-sided] or Duplex
Process Speed -> LS: Low speed, RS: Regular speed
See section 6 for more about these SPs.
1911 001 PPM Down: RS: S *EGB The print speed (PPM) is reduced after the
1911 002 PPM Down: LS: S *EGB machine has printed this number of pages
continuously.
[0 to 99 / 15 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 003 PPM Down Inter. *EGB The print speed goes back to the normal
speed after this interval.
[0 to 255 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
1911 004 S-size Temp. 1 *EGB The temperature is decreased by this
amount to prevent overheating the fusing
unit for small size paper.
[0 to 200 / 2 / 1°C/step]
Service
Tables
1911 006 S-size Temp. 2 *EGB [0 to 200 / 5 / 1°C/step]
1911 008 S-size Temp. 3 *EGB
1911 014 S-size Temp.: S1 *EGB These SPs control when the above
temperature reductions are done.
[0 to 255 / 30 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 016 S-size Temp.: S2 *EGB [0 to 255 / 20 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 018 S-size Temp.: S3 *EGB [0 to 255 / 50 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 021 Simple Temp. 1 *EGB Adjusts the temperature reduction for one-
sided printing.
[0 to 200 / 2 / 1°C/step]
1911 022 Simple Temp. 2 *EGB [0 to 200 / 5 / 1°C/step]
1911 023 Simple Temp.:S1 *EGB These SPs control when the above
temperature reductions are done.
[0 to 500 / 100 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 024 Simple Temp.:S2 *EGB [0 to 500 / 30 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 025 Duplex Temp. 1 *EGB Adjusts the temperature reduction for duplex
printing.
[0 to 200 / 2 / 1°C/step]
1911 026 Duplex Temp. 2 *EGB [0 to 200 / 5 / 1°C/step]
1911 027 Duplex Temp.: S1 *EGB These SPs control when the above
temperature reductions are done.
[0 to 500 / 80 / 1 sheet/step]
SM 5-17 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Tables
[0 to 120 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 007 H: Standard Temp. *EGB Sets the threshold temperature detected as
high temperature.
[25 to 40 / 30 / 1°C/step]
1917 008 L: Standard Temp. *EGB Sets the threshold temperature detected as
low temperature.
[-15 to 30 / 18 / 1°C/step]
1917 009 L: Rotation Dec. *EGB Adjusts the rotation time decrease at low
temperature.
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
1917 010 N2: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB Adjusts the temperature decrease for plain
paper 2 at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 011 N2: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB Adjusts the temperature increase for plain
paper 2 at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 10 / 1°C/step]
1917 012 TN: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB Adjusts the temperature decrease for thin
paper at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 013 TN: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB Adjusts the temperature increase for thin
paper at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 7 / 1°C/step]
SM 5-19 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
1917 014 TC1: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB Adjusts the temperature decrease for thick
paper 1 at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 015 TC1: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB Adjusts the temperature increase for thick
paper 1 at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 7 / 1°C/step]
1917 016 TC2: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB Adjusts the temperature decrease for thick
paper 2 at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 017 TC2: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB Adjusts the temperature increase for thick
paper 2 at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 7 / 1°C/step]
1917 018 OHP: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB Adjusts the temperature decrease for OHP at
high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 019 OHP: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB Adjusts the temperature increase for OHP at
low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 7 / 1°C/step]
1917 020 SP: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB Adjusts the temperature decrease for special
paper at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
1917 021 SP: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB Adjusts the temperature increase for special
paper at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 7 / 1°C/step]
G104 5-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
SP2-XXX (Drum)
[Color Regist.] Color Registration Correction
([Color], M: Main scan, S: Sub scan)
You can adjust these SPs if the color registration is not good after the Line
2101 Position Adjustment (also known as ‘MUSIC’) is done. The [K] value (-001) is
the standard value in the main scan adjustment. The values other than [k] value
are added to [K] value. So, [K] value normally does not need to be adjusted in
the main scan adjustment.
2101 001 [K]: M Regist. Dot *EGB Adjusts the side edge registration by a dot
2101 002 [M]: M Regist. Dot *EGB for each mode.
2101 003 [C]: M Regist. Dot *EGB [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
2101 004 [Y]: M Regist. Dot *EGB
2101 005 [K]: M Reg. SubD *EGB Adjusts the side edge registration by 1/16
2101 006 [K-M]: M Reg. SubD *EGB dot.
2101 007 [K-C]: M Reg. SubD *EGB [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1/16dot/step]
2101 008 [K-Y]: M Reg. SubD *EGB
2101 013 [K-M]: S Reg. 600 *EGB [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2101 014 [K-C]: S Reg. 600 *EGB
2101 015 [K-Y]: S Reg. 600 *EGB
2101 016 [K-M]: S Reg. 1200 *EGB
2101 017 [K-C]: S Reg. 1200 *EGB
2101 018 [K-Y]: S Reg. 1200 *EGB
Service
Tables
[-127 to 127 / 71 / 1 line/step]
2103 002 Trail. Ed. Width *EGB Adds this value to the trailing edge erase
margin position in the sub scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 71 / 1 line/step]
2103 003 Left Ed. Width *EGB Adds this value to the left edge erase margin
position in the main scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 47 / 1 dot/step]
2103 004 Right Ed. Width *EGB Adds this value to the right edge erase
margin position in the main scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 47 / 1 dot/step]
SM 5-21 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
2143 015 Max2: Right *EGB [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01 volt/step]
2143 016 Min2: Left *EGB Displays the maximum 2 output from each
2143 017 Min2: Center *EGB sensor.
2143 018 Min2: Right *EGB [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01 volt/step]
Service
Tables
2150 021 [M]: Area 9 *EGB
2150 022 [M]: Area 10 *EGB
2150 023 [M]: Area 11 *EGB
2150 024 [M]: Area 12 *EGB
2150 025 [C]: Area 1 *EGB Adjusts the magnification correction for each
2150 026 [C]: Area 2 *EGB area.
2150 027 [C]: Area 3 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
2150 028 [C]: Area 4 *EGB
2150 029 [C]: Area 5 *EGB
2150 030 [C]: Area 6 *EGB
2150 031 [C]: Area 7 *EGB
2150 032 [C]: Area 8 *EGB
2150 033 [C]: Area 9 *EGB
2150 034 [C]: Area 10 *EGB
2150 035 [C]: Area 11 *EGB
2150 036 [C]: Area 12 *EGB
2150 037 [Y]: Area 1 *EGB Adjusts the magnification correction for each
2150 038 [Y]: Area 2 *EGB area.
2150 039 [Y]: Area 3 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
2150 040 [Y]: Area 4 *EGB
2150 041 [Y]: Area 5 *EGB
SM 5-23 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Tables
2152 020 [M]: Area 3 *EGB
2152 021 [M]: Area 4 *EGB
2152 022 [M]: Area 5 *EGB
2152 023 [M]: Area 6 *EGB
2152 024 [M]: Area 7 *EGB
2152 025 [M]: Area 8 *EGB
2152 026 [M]: Area 9 *EGB
2152 027 [M]: Area 10 *EGB
2152 028 [C]: Area 0 *EGB [0.10 to 2.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
2152 029 [C]: Area 1 *EGB
2152 030 [C]: Area 2 *EGB
2152 031 [C]: Area 3 *EGB
2152 032 [C]: Area 4 *EGB
2152 033 [C]: Area 5 *EGB
2152 034 [C]: Area 6 *EGB
2152 035 [C]: Area 7 *EGB
2152 036 [C]: Area 8 *EGB
2152 037 [C]: Area 9 *EGB
2152 038 [C]: Area 10 *EGB
2152 039 [Y]: Area 0 *EGB [0.10 to 2.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
2152 040 [Y]: Area 1 *EGB
SM 5-25 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
2153 [MUSIC Setting] Timing for Automatic Line Position Adjustment (MUSIC)
2153 001 Auto Execution *EGB Enables or disables the automatic line
position adjustment. If this SP is 0, the
adjustment is never done.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
2153 002 Process Control *EGB Enables or disables the adjustment after
process control is done.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
2153 003 Initialization *EGB Enables or disables the adjustment
immediately after the power is turned on or
when recovering from energy save mode.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
2153 004 Data In *EGB Enables or disables the adjustment
immediately after the machine starts to
receive print job data. The adjustment is
done if one of the conditions set with
SP2153-012, -013 and –015 is satisfied.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
2153 005 Cut In *EGB Enables or disables the adjustment during
printing. The adjustment is done if one of the
conditions set with SP2153-012, -013 and –
015 is satisfied.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: No, 1: Yes
2153 006 Job End *EGB Enables or disables the adjustment after
printing.
[0 or 1 / 0 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
2153 008 Trans. Belt Speed 2 *EGB Enables or disables the transfer belt speed
correction during the adjustment. The
transfer belt speed is affected by changes in
temperature. A change of the transfer belt
speed during the adjustment causes color
registration errors. This SP keeps the
transfer belt at a constant speed.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
G104 5-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
2153 010 Manual Cut In *EGB If this number of pages was printed after the
previous adjustment was done, then the
adjustment is done again. The number of
sheets is counted in SP7806-003 and –004.
[10 to 999 / 190 / 1 page/step]
2153 012 MUSIC Temp. *EGB If the room temperature changes by this
amount or more after the previous
adjustment was done, then the adjustment is
done again.
[2 to 30 / 5 / 1°C/step]
2153 013 Passage Time *EGB If this amount of time has passed after the
previous adjustment was done, then the
adjustment is done again.
[0 to 1440 / 360 / 1 min/step]
2153 015 Maginificat. Error *EGB Sets the threshold (magnification error) from
previous MUSIC for executing MUSIC.
[0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1%/step]
Service
Tables
2181 005 [K]: M Cor.: Dot *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
2181 006 [K]: M Cor.: SubD. *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
2181 007 [K]: S Cor.: 600 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2181 008 [K]: S Cor.: 1200 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
2181 011 [M]: Skew *EGB [-5000 to 5000 / 0 / 1 um/step]
2181 012 [M]: Bent *EGB
2181 013 [M]: M. Scan Erro. *EGB
2181 014 [M]: S. Scan Erro. *EGB
2181 015 [M]: M Cor.: Dot *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
2181 016 [M]: M Cor.: SubD.. *EGB [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
2181 017 [M]: S Cor.: 600 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2181 018 [M]: S Cor.: 1200 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
2181 021 [C]: Skew *EGB [-5000 to 5000 / 0 / 1 um/step]
2181 022 [C]: Bent *EGB
2181 023 [C]: M. Scan Erro. *EGB
2181 024 [C]: S. Scan Erro. *EGB
2181 025 [C]: M Cor.: Dot *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
2181 026 [C]: M Cor.: SubD.. *EGB [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
2181 027 [C]: S Cor.: 600 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2181 028 [C]: S Cor.: 1200 *EGB [-127 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
2181 031 [Y]: Skew *EGB [-999 to 999 / 0 / 1 um/step]
2181 032 [Y]: Bent *EGB
SM 5-27 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Tables
2204 018 Environ. : L: [C] *EGB [0 to 255 / 103 / 1%/step]
2204 019 Environ. : L: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / 105 / 1%/step]
2204 021 Environ. : LL: [K] *EGB [0 to 255 / 110 / 1%/step]
2204 022 Environ. : LL: [M] *EGB [0 to 255 / 109 / 1%/step]
2204 023 Environ. : LL: [C] *EGB [0 to 255 / 110 / 1%/step]
2204 024 Environ. : LL: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / 109 / 1%/step]
SM 5-29 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Tables
[0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.1 µA/step]
2357 002 [FC/ M]: RS *EGB [0 to 60 / 12.5 / 0.1 µA/step]
2357 003 [FC/ C]: RS *EGB
2357 004 [FC/ Y]: RS *EGB
[Normal: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, plain paper 1, black toner
2402 (Process Speed, Paper Side, Unit) Process Speed -> RS: Regular speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2402 007 RS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 25.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2402 008 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
SM 5-31 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Normal: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, plain paper 1, black toner
2403
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> LS: Low speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2403 007 LS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2403 008 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2403 012 LS: 2nd: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2403 013 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, plain paper 1, CMY toner
2407
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> RS: Regular speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2407 013 RS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 20.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2407 014 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2407 021 RS: 2nd: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 32.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2407 022 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, plain paper 1, CMY toner
2408
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> LS: Low speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2408 013 LS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 17.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2408 014 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2408 021 LS: 2nd: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 22.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2408 022 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal:[K]:LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
leading edge area, plain paper 1, black toner
2421
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2421 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2421 007 T.Roll2: 1st *EGB
2421 012 T.Roll2: 2nd *EGB
G104 5-32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, plain paper 1
2422
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal LE: Leading Edge
2422 002 T. Roll 2: N: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2422 003 Separation: N: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
trailing edge area, plain paper 1, black toner
2423
Paper side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2423 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2423 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2423 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, plain paper 1
2424
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal, Edge ->TE: Trailing Edge
2424 002 T. Roll 2: N: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2424 003 Separation: N: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2426 leading edge area, plain paper 1, CMY toner
Paper side: 1st or 2nd
2426 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2426 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2426 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
Service
Tables
[Normal: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2428
trailing edge area, plain paper 1, CMY toner
2428 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2428 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2428 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Normal2: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, plain paper 2, black toner
2432 (Process Speed, Paper Side, Unit) Process Speed -> RS: Regular speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2432 007 RS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 20.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2432 008 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2432 012 RS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2432 013 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
SM 5-33 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Normal2: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, plain paper 2, black toner
2433
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> LS: Low speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2433 007 LS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2433 008 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2433 012 LS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 7.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2433 013 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal2: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2437 image area, plain paper 2, CMY toner
(Process Speed, Paper Side) RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2437 013 RS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 20.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2437 014 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2437 021 RS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 20.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2437 022 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal2: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2438 image area, plain paper 2, CMY toner
(Process Speed, Paper Side) LS: Low Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2438 013 LS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2438 014 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2438 021 LS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2438 022 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal2:[K]:LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
leading edge area, plain paper 2, black toner
2451
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2451 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2451 007 Trans.Roll2: 1st *EGB
2451 012 Trans.Roll2: 2nd *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, plain paper 2
2452
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal, LE: Leading Edge
2452 002 T. Roll 2: N2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2452 003 Separation: N2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
G104 5-34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Normal2: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
trailing edge area, plain paper 2, black toner
2453
Paper side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2453 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2453 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2453012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, plain paper 2
2454
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal, TE: Trailing Edge
2454 002 T. Roll 2: N2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2454 003 Separation: N2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal2:[FC]:LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2456 leading edge area, plain paper 2, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2456 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2456 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2456 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Normal2:[FC]:TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2458 trailing edge area, plain paper 2, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2458 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2458 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2458 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
Service
Tables
[Thick: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area, thick paper 1, black toner
2501
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2501 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 7.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2501 008 Separation: 1st *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2501 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB [0 to 60 / 7.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2501 013 Separation: 2nd *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
SM 5-35 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Thick: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2506 area, thick paper 1, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2506 013 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2506 014 Separation: 1st *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2506 021 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB [0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2506 022 Separation: 2nd *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thick: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2521 leading edge area, thick paper 1, black toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2521 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2521 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2521 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, thick paper 1
2522
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC: Thick, LE: Leading Edge
2522 002 T. Roll 2: Thick: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2522 003 Separation: TC: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Thick: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2523 trailing edge area, thick paper 1, black toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2523 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2523 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2523 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, thick paper 1
2524
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC: Thick, TE: Trailing Edge
2524 002 T. Roll 2: Thick: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2524 003 Separation: TC: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Thick: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2526 leading edge area, thick paper 1, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2526 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2526 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2526 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
G104 5-36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Thick: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2528 trailing edge area, thick paper 1, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2528 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2528 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
2528 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
[Thick2: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2531 area, thick paper 2, black toner
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2531 007 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 7.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2531 008 Separation *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thick2: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2536
area, thick paper 2, CMY toner
2536 013 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2536 014 Separation *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thick2: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2551
leading edge area, thick paper 2, black toner
2551 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
Service
Tables
2551 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, thick paper 2
2552
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC2: Thick 2, LE: Leading Edge
2552 002 T. Roll 2: TC2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2552 003 Separa.: TC2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Thick2: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2553
trailing edge area, thick paper 2, black toner
2553 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2553 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, thick paper 2
2554
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC2: Thick 2, TE: Trailing Edge
2554 002 T. Roll 2: TC2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2554 003 Separa.: TC2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
SM 5-37 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Thick2: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2556
leading edge area, thick paper 2, CMY toner
2556 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2556 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[Thick2: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2558
trailing edge area, thick paper 2, CMY toner
2558 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2558 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[OHP: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2601 area, OHP, black toner
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2601 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2601 003 Separation *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[OHP: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2606
area, OHP, CMY toner
2606 005 Transfer Roller2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 15 / 0.1 -µA/step
2606 006 Separation *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[OHP: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2621
leading edge area, OHP, black toner
2621 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2621 003 Separation *EGB
[OHP: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the trailing
2623
edge area, OHP, black toner
2623 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2623 003 Separation *EGB
G104 5-38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[OHP: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2626
leading edge area, OHP, CMY toner
2626 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2626 003 Separation *EGB
[OHP: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2628
trailing edge area, OHP, CMY toner
2628 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2628 003 Separation *EGB
[Thin: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2631 area, thin paper, black toner
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2631 007 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 30.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2631 008 Separation *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thin: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2633 area, thin paper, black toner
Process Speed -> LS: Low Speed
2633 007 T.Roll 2: LS *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.5 -µA/step]
2633 008 Separation: LS *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
Service
Tables
[Thin: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2636
area, thin paper, CMY toner
2636 013 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 25.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2636 014 Separation *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thin: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2638 area, thin paper, CMY toner
Process Speed -> LS: Low Speed
2638 013 T.Roll 2: LS *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 17.5 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2638 014 Separation: LS *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thin: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2651
leading edge area, thin paper, black toner
2651 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 200 / 5%/step]
2651 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
SM 5-39 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, thin paper
2652
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TN: Thin, LE: Leading Edge
2652 002 T. Roll 2: Thin: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2652 003 Separation: TN: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Thin: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the trailing
2653
edge area, thin paper, black toner
2653 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2653 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, thin paper
2654
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TN: Thin, TE: Trailing Edge
2654 002 T. Roll 2: Thin: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2654 003 Separation: TN: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Thin: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2656
leading edge area, thin paper, CMY toner
2656 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 200/ 5%/step]
2656 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
[Thin: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2658
trailing edge area, thin paper, CMY toner
2658 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2658 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[Special: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2751 area, special paper, black toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2751 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 5.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2751 008 Separation: 1st *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Special: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2756 area, special paper, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2756 013 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB Adjusts the transfer roller current.
[0 to 60 / 5.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2756 014 Separation: 1st *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
G104 5-40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Special: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2771 leading edge area, special paper, black toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2771 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2771 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB
[Special: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2773 trailing edge area, special paper, black toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2773 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2773 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB
[SP: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the leading
2776 edge area, special paper, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2776 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2776 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB
[SP: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the trailing
2778 edge area, special paper, CMY toner
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2778 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2778 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB
Service
[T2: N: Size 4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper 1,
Tables
Paper width between A5 and A6
2901
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2901 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2901 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 350 / 5%/step]
2901 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2901 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2901 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2901 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 280 / 5%/step]
2901 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2901 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2901 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 80 / 5%/step]
2901 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 480 / 5%/step]
2901 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2901 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 190 / 5%/step]
2901 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2901 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2901 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2901 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 180 / 5%/step]
2901 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2901 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 220 / 5%/step]
SM 5-41 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[T2: N: Size 5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper 1,
Paper width A6 or less
2902
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2902 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2902 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2902 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2902 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 190 / 5%/step]
2902 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2902 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2902 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 160 / 5%/step]
2902 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 240 / 5%/step]
2902 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2902 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 480 / 5%/step]
2902 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2902 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 190 / 5%/step]
2902 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2902 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 500 / 5%/step]
2902 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 140 / 5%/step]
2902 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 220 / 5%/step]
2902 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2902 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 220 / 5%/step]
2902 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2902 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2902 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2902 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 140 / 5%/step]
2902 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 110 / 5%/step]
2902 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
[T2: N2: Size 4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper 2
Paper width between A5 and A6
2903
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2903 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2903 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 440 / 5%/step]
2903 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2903 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 230 / 5%/step]
2903 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2903 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 280 / 5%/step]
2903 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2903 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 210 / 5%/step]
G104 5-42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[T2: N2: Size 5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper 2,
Paper width A6 or less
2904
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2904 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 190 / 5%/step]
2904 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 500 / 5%/step]
2904 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2904 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2904 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2904 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
Service
Tables
2904 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 160 / 5%/step]
2904 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 300 / 5%/step]
2904 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2904 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 600 / 5%/step]
2904 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2904 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 300 / 5%/step]
2904 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 250 / 5%/step]
2904 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 670 / 5%/step]
2904 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 250 / 5%/step]
2904 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 330 / 5%/step]
2904 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 160 / 5%/step]
2904 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2904 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2904 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 240 / 5%/step]
2904 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2904 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 180 / 5%/step]
2904 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2904 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 250 / 5%/step]
SM 5-43 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[T2: Thin: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thin Paper,
2905 Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2905 001 LL: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 80 / 5%/step]
2905 002 LL: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2905 003 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2905 004 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2905 005 MM: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 70 / 5%/step]
2905 006 MM: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 80 / 5%/step]
2905 007 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2905 008 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2905 009 HH: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2905 010 HH: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2905 011 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 60 / 5%/step]
2905 012 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
[T2: Thin: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thin paper,
2906 Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2906 001 LL: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2906 002 LL: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2906 003 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2906 004 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 160 / 5%/step]
2906 005 MM: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2906 006 MM: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2906 007 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2906 008 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 140 / 5%/step]
2906 009 HH: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 110 / 5%/step]
2906 010 HH: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 180 / 5%/step]
2906 011 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2906 012 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
[T2: TC: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick Paper 1,
Paper width between A5 and A6
2907
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2907 001 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2907 002 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2907 003 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2907 004 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2907 005 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2907 006 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 530 / 5%/step]
2907 007 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2907 008 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2907 009 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2907 010 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 110 / 5%/step]
2907 011 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
2907 012 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 110 / 5%/step]
G104 5-44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[T2: TC: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick paper 1,
Paper width A6 or less
2908
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2908 001 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2908 002 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2908 003 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2908 004 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2908 005 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2908 006 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 530 / 5%/step]
2908 007 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2908 008 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2908 009 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2908 010 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2908 011 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 160 / 5%/step]
2908 012 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
[T2: TC2: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick Paper
2909 2, Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2909 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2909 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2909 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2909 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2909 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2909 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 120 / 5%/step]
Service
Tables
[T2: TC2: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick paper
2910 2, Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2910 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2910 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2910 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2910 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2910 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2910 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 160 / 5%/step]
[T2: SP Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Special paper,
2911 Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2911 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2911 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2911 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2911 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2911 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2911 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
SM 5-45 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[T2: SP: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Special paper,
2912 Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2912 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2912 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2912 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2912 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2912 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2912 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2920 [S: HH SP: 1st] Smaller than A5 HH Special paper, 1st side
2920 001 T2 Switch Timing *EGB [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 mm/step]
2920 002 T2 Correction *EGB [0 to 1275 / 20 / 5%/step]
2921 [S: HH SP: 2nd] Smaller than A5 HH Special paper, 2nd side
2921 001 T2 Switch Timing *EGB [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 mm/step]
2921 002 T2 Correction *EGB [0 to 1275 / 0 / 5%/step]
G104 5-46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
SP3-XXX (Process)
3001 [Vt Display] Vt Display ([Color])
3001 001 [K] *EGB Displays the output voltage of TD sensor for
3001 002 [M] *EGB each color.
3001 003 [C] *EGB [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.01 / 0.01 V/step]
3001 004 [Y] *EGB
Service
3003 006 [M] *EGB [0.00 to 5.00 / 3.00 / 0.01 V/step]
Tables
3003 007 [C] *EGB
3003 008 [Y] *EGB
SM 5-47 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
3145 [Vmin]
3145 001 Upper Limit *EGB DFU
Adjusts the maximum Vmin.
[0.00 to 5.00 / 0.05 / 0.01 V/step]
3146 [K2]
3146 001 Upper Limit *EGB DFU
Adjusts the upper limit.
[0.0000 to 1.0000 / 0.1500 / 0.0001/step]
3146 002 Lower Limit *EGB DFU
Service
Adjusts the lower limit.
Tables
[0.0000 to 1.0000 / 0.0500 / 0.0001/step]
3147 [K5]
3147 001 Upper Limit *EGB DFU
Adjusts the upper limit.
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 2.5000 / 0.0001/step]
3147 002 Lower Limit *EGB DFU
Adjusts the lower limit.
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 0.7500 / 0.0001/step]
SM 5-49 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
3151 005 Diffusion: [K] *EGB Displays the Vsg output from ID sensor for
3151 006 Diffusion: [M] *EGB each mode.
3151 007 Diffusion: [C] *EGB [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01 V/step]
3151 008 Diffusion: [Y] *EGB
G104 5-50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
Service
Tables
3306 012 Coefficient 3: [Y] *EGB
3306 013 Coefficient 4: [K] *EGB Adjusts the time of the toner supply in hybrid
3306 014 Coefficient 4: [M] *EGB control mode.
3306 015 Coefficient 4: [C] *EGB [0.10 to 5.00 / 0.1 / 0.01/step]
3306 016 Coefficient 4: [Y] *EGB
3306 017 Coefficient 5: [K] *EGB Adjusts the time of the toner supply in hybrid
3306 018 Coefficient 5: [M] *EGB control mode.
3306 019 Coefficient 5: [C] *EGB [0.10 to 5.00 / 0.80/ 0.01/step]
3306 020 Coefficient 5: [Y] *EGB
SM 5-51 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
3411 004 Max. Print: [Cl] *EGB Maximum: For low image coverage, more
sheets can be printed. This sets the
maximum that can be printed after toner end
is detected.
[0 to 750 / 0 / 1/step] DFU
3411 005 Pixel: [K] *EGB Adjusts the number of sheets (A4), which the
3411 006 Pixel: [Cl] *EGB pixel area is converted into for the toner end
after detecting the toner near end.
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
G104 5-52 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
3551 006 Job End 3: [Cl] *EGB process control is done if the number of
pages in the job gets to this number.
[0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
Service
Tables
3556 004 Time (Hour) *EGB [0 to 23 / 0 / 1 hour/step]
3556 005 Time (Minute) *EGB [0 to 59 / 0 / 1 minute/step]
SM 5-53 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Vb Display]
3575
(Process Speed,[Color]) RS: Regular speed, LS: Low speed
3575 001 RS: [K] *EGB Displays the current Vb value for each mode.
3575 002 RS: [M] *EGB [0 to 800 / 350 / 1 V/step]
3575 003 RS: [C] *EGB
3575 004 RS: [Y] *EGB
3575 005 LS: [K] *EGB
3575 006 LS: [M] *EGB
3575 007 LS: [C] *EGB
3575 008 LS: [Y] *EGB
G104 5-54 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
[Low Resolution]
(Threshold, [Color])
SP 3701-001 controls if the pixel count is used in hybrid toner supply mode or
3701 not. If this SP is ‘on’, it is used if the image coverage ratio for the page is below
a threshold value (if the coverage is above this ratio, then the TD sensor is
used). If this SP is ‘off’, then the TD sensor is always used.
SP3701-002 to 005 control the threshold values for the image coverage ratio.
3701 001 *EGB [0 to 1 / 0 / -]
0: Off, 1: On
3701 002 Threshold: [K] *EGB [0 to 100 / 1 / 1%/step]
Service
3701 003 Threshold: [M] *EGB
Tables
3701 004 Threshold: [C] *EGB
3701 005 Threshold: [Y] *EGB
3721 [Low Resolution] Toner Refresh Mode Setting in Low Image Coverage Ratio
3721 001 Toner Refresh Mode Enables or disables the toner refresh mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
0: On. 1: Off
3721 002 S: Toner Refresh Toner refresh mode is done if the percentage
of pages that have low image coverage is
larger than this threshold value.
[0 to 50 / 20 / 1%/step]
SM 5-55 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE MODE TABLE
G104 5-56 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 08/2005 ENGINE SERVICE MODE
SP5-XXX (Mode)
5024 [mm / inch Display]
5024 001 *CTL Sets units (mm or inch) for custom paper
sizes.
[0 or 1 / 1 /-]
0: mm (EU/AS), 1: inch (NA)
Service
Tables
5051 [Toner Refill Displ] Toner Refill Display
5051 001 *CTL Enable or disable the toner refill display.
[0 to 1 / 0 / -]
0: enable, 1: disable
SM 5-57 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE Rev. 08/2005
G104 5-58 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
specified for the system administrator using
a browser and the built-in web server (Web
Image Monitor).
When SP5-866-001 is set to 1, this SP is
enabled.
SM 5-59 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
5801 015 Clear UCS Setting *CTL Resets or deletes the UCS-related data.
5801 016 MIRS Setting Resets or deletes the MIRS-related data.
5801 017 CCS Resets or deletes the CSS-related data.
FA
G104 5-60 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
2: Network (The remote service function is on.)
5816 002 CE Call *CTL [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Start, 1: End
5816 003 Function Flag *CTL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Off (The remote service function is
disabled.)
1: On (The remote service function is
enabled.)
5816 006 Device Informati *CTL Shows or does not show the device
information in the User Tools.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Not displayed, 1: Displayed
5816 007 SSL Disable *CTL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: On, 1: Off
5816 008 RCG Connect Time *CTL Sets the timeout counter for the remote
connection.
[1 to 90 / 10 / 1 second/step]
5816 009 RCG Write Timeou *CTL Sets the timeout counter for writing
processing.
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1 second/step]
SM 5-61 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
5816 010 RCG Read Timeout *CTL Sets the timeout counter for reading
processing.
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1 second/step]
5816 011 Port 80 Enable *CTL Enables or disables access to the SOAP
method via port 80.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disables, 1: Enables
5828 [Network] Job spool settings/ Interface selection for Ethernet and wireless LAN
5828 050 1284 Compatible *CTL Switches Centronics IEEE1284 compatibility
on/off for the network.
[ 0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
NOTE: Selecting “0” disables bi-directional
data transmission.
5828 052 ECP *CTL Switches the ECP setting for Centronics
off/on.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
NOTE: With “1” selected, SP5-828-050
must be enabled for 1284 mode
compatibility.
5828 065 Job Spool *CTL Switches the job spool on/off.
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
5828 066 HD job Clear *CTL Selects the treatment of the job when a
spooled job exists at power on.
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Data is cleared, 1: Automatically printed
G104 5-62 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
5828 069 Job Spool (Protocol) *CTL Switches job spooling off or on and enables
settings for job spooling protocols.
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Off, 1: On
Bit switch:
• Bit 0: LPR
• Bit 1: FPT
• Bit 2: IPP
• Bit 3: SMB
• Bit 4: BMLinkS
• Bit 5: DIPRINT
• Bits 6 and 7: Reserved
5828 084 Print Settings List - Prints a list of NCS related parameters.
5828 085 IP Interface - displays the IP interface.
[0 to 3 / -]
0: No IP device, 1: DHCP
2: Static IP address
3: DHCP and Static IP address
5828 090 TELNET *CTL Enables or disables Telnet.
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
5828 091 Web *CTL Enables or disables the Web monitor.
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Service
Tables
5839 [IEEE 1394]
5839 004 Host Name *CTL Displays the host name.
5839 007 Cycle Master *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 /-] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
5839 008 BCR mode *CTL [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step] Alphanumeric
0: Standard, 1: IRM Color Copy
2: Reserved, 3: Always Effective
5839 009 IRM 1394a Check *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 /-]
0: Off, 1: On
5839 010 Unique ID *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 /-]
0: Off, 1: On
5839 011 Logout *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 /-]
0: Off, 1: On
5839 012 Login *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 /-]
0: Off, 1: On
5839 013 Login MAX *CTL [0 to 63 / 8 / 1/step]]
SM 5-63 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-64 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
5844 [USB]
5844 001 Transfer Rate *CTL Adjusts the USB transfer rate.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] Alphanumeric
0: Auto Change, 1: Full speed
5844 002 Vendor ID *CTL Displays the vendor ID.
5844 003 Product ID *CTL Displays the product ID.
5844 004 Dev Release Num *CTL Displays the device release version number.
Service
Tables
5848 011 ac: dm *CTL Enables or disables the devicemanagement
access limitation.
0000: Disabled, 0001: Enabled
SM 5-65 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
5857 009 HDD to SD (4MB) *CTL Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug
log from the hard disk to the SD card.
5857 010 HDD to SD (Any) *CTL Sets the key number of the debug log copied
from the hard disk to the SD card.
5857 011 Erase HDD Log *CTL Deletes the debug log from the hard disk.
5857 012 Erase SD Log *CTL Deletes the debug log from the SD card.
5857 013 Free Space on SD *CTL Shows the free space on the SD card.
5857 014 SD to SD (4MB) *CTL Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug
log from an SD card to a different SD card.
5857 015 SD to SD (Any) *CTL Sets the key number of the debug log copied
from an SD card to a different SD card.
5857 016 Make HDD Log File *CTL Makes a log file on the HDD to save debug
5857 017 Make SD Log File *CTL logs. To save debug logs, the controller
makes a log file first, then writes data in the
file. This procedure can use much time. The
user can switch off the main power switch
before the log is written in the file. To prevent
this possible problem, you can prepare a log
file in advance. If you do this, the controller
uses less time to save logs because the log
file is prepared.
G104 5-66 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
5860 014 POP Server Port No. *CTL Adjusts the port number of the POP server.
[1 to 65535 / 110 / 1/step]
5860 015 IMAP Srv Port No *CTL Adjusts the port number of the IMAP4 server.
[1 to 65535 / 143 / 1/step]
5860 017 Receive Interval *CTL Adjusts the interval of receiving an e-mail.
[2 to 1440 / 3 / 1 minute/step]
5860 019 Mail Keep Sett. *CTL Sets the way of keeping the e-mail in the
server.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Not keeping
1: Keeping All
2: Keeping the only error e-mail
5860 020 Part. Mail Rcv Tm *CTL Adjusts the time for keeping the partial e-
mails. If the partial e-mails are not received
during the set time, these are deleted.
[1 to 168 / 72 / 1 h/step]
5860 021 MDN Res RFC2298 *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / -]
5860 022 SMTP From Replace *CTL Determines whether the FROM item of the
mail header is switched to the validated
account after the SMTP server is validated.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No. “From” item not switched,
1: Yes. “From” item switched.
SM 5-67 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
5860 025 SMTP Auth Direct *CTL Selects directly the way of SMTP
authentication if all SMTP authentications fail
due to the error in the SP5860-006.
This SP is activated only when SP5860-003
is set to “Enable”.
Bit switch 0: LOGIN
Bit switch 1: PLAIN
Bit switch 2: CRAM MD5
Bit switch 3: DIGEST MD
Bit switch 4 - 7: Not used
G104 5-68 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Rev. 06/2006 ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Maintenance Kit when enabling the meter
Tables
charge.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: ON, 1: OFF
SM 5-69 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-70 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
7403 [Latest10SClog]
7403 001 Latest *CTL Logs the SC codes detected.
7403 002 Latest 1 *CTL The 10 most recently detected SC Codes are
7403 003 Latest 2 *CTL not displayed on the screen, but can be seen
7403 004 Latest 3 *CTL on the SMC (logging) outputs.
7403 005 Latest 4 *CTL
7403 006 Latest 5 *CTL
7403 007 Latest 6 *CTL
7403 008 Latest 7 *CTL
7403 009 Latest 8 *CTL
7403 010 Latest 9 *CTL
Service
Tables
7504 [Jam Location]
Displays the number of jams according to the location where jams were
detected.
7504 001 Main 001 *CTL Not used
7504 003 Main 003 *CTL Tray 1: ON
7504 004 Main 004 *CTL Tray 2: ON
7504 005 Main 005 *CTL Tray 3/LCT: ON
7504 006 Main 006 *CTL Tray 4: ON
7504 008 Main 008 *CTL Registration: ON
7504 009 Main 009 *CTL External Tray: ON
7504 010 Main 010 *CTL Internal Tray: ON
7504 011 Main 011 *CTL Duplex: ON
7504 012 Main 012 *CTL Duplex Exit 1: ON
7504 013 Main 013 *CTL Duplex Exit 2: ON
7504 015 Main 015 *CTL Optional paper tray unit feed: ON
7504 061 Main 061 *CTL Registration: OFF
7504 063 Main 063 *CTL External Tray: OFF
7504 065 Main 065 *CTL Duplex: OFF
7504 066 Main 066 *CTL Duplex Exit 1: OFF
7504 070 Main 070 *CTL Not used
7504 071 Main 071 *CTL Not used
SM 5-71 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-72 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
7803 017 R: PCU: [K] *EGB Displays the number of revolutions of motors
7803 018 R: PCU: [M] *EGB or clutches for each current maintenance
7803 019 R: PCU: [C] *EGB unit.
7803 020 R: PCU: [Y] *EGB [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 revolution/step]
7803 025 R: Trans Belt Unit *EGB When a unit is replaced, the machine
automatically detects that the new unit is
7803 026 R: T. Roll 2 *EGB
installed. Then, the current PM counter value
7803 027 R: Fusing Unit *EGB is automatically moved to the PM Counter -
Previous (SP7-906-11 to 20) and is reset to
“0”. The total number of revolutions made
with the last unit replaced can be checked
with SP7-906-11 to 20.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 rotation/step]
7803 033 Toner Supply: [K] *EGB Displays the number of sheets printed until
7803 034 Toner Supply: [M] *EGB the waste toner bottle becomes full or toner
7803 035 Toner Supply: [C] *EGB runs out.
7803 036 Toner Supply: [Y] *EGB [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 /step]
7803 037 R%: PCU: [K] *EGB Displays the value given by the following
7803 038 R%: PCU: [M] *EGB formula:
7803 039 R%: PCU: [C] *EGB (Current revolution ÷ Target revolution) ×
7803 040 R%: PCU: [Y] *EGB 100, where “Current revolution” is the current
7803 045 R%: Trans Belt Unit *EGB value for the counter of the part, and “Target
revolution” is the values of SP7-803-17
7803 046 R%: T. Roll 2 *EGB
through 27. This shows how much of the
7803 047 R%: Fusing Unit *EGB unit’s expected lifetime has been used up.
The R% counter is based on rotations, not
prints. If the number of rotations reaches the
limit, the machine enters the end condition
for that unit. If the print count lifetime is
Service
Tables
reached first, the machine also enters the
end condition, even though the R% counter
is still less than 100%.
[0 to 999 / 0 / 1 rotation%/step]
SM 5-73 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-74 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
7815 004 PCU: [Y] - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the yellow PCU.
7815 005 Trans Belt Unit - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Transfer belt
unit.
7815 006 Transfer Roller 2 - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Transfer Roller.
7815 007 Fusing Unit - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Fusing unit.
7815 008 S: By-pass - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Paper pick up
roller at by-pass.
7815 009 S: Tray 1 - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Paper pick up
roller at tray 1.
7815 010 S: Tray 2 - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Paper pick up
roller at tray 2.
7815 011 S: Tray 3 - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the Paper pick up
roller at tray 3.
7815 029 Toner: [K] - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the black toner
bottle
7815 030 Toner: [M] - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the magenta toner
bottle
7815 031 Toner: [C] - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the cyan toner
bottle
Service
Tables
7815 032 Toner: [Y] - Clears the replacement counter and the
previous unit counter of the yellow toner
bottle
7815 100 All - Clears the all replacement and the previous
unit counters.
SM 5-75 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-76 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
7906 030 R%: PCU: [K] *EGB Displays the value given by the following
7906 031 R%: PCU: [M] *EGB formula:
7906 032 R%: PCU: [C] *EGB (Current count ÷ Yield count) x 100, where
7906 033 R%: PCU: [Y] *EGB “Current count” is the current values in the
7906 034 R%: Trans Belt Unit *EGB counter for the part, and “Yield count” is the
recommended yield.
7906 035 R%: T. Roll 2 *EGB
[0 to 999 / 0 / 1 %/step]
7906 036 R%: Fusing Unit *EGB
7906 037 S: By-pass *EGB Displays the number of sheets fed with the
7906 038 S: Tray 1 *EGB previous maintenance unit.
7906 039 S: Tray 2 *EGB [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7906 040 S: Tray 3 *EGB
Service
Tables
7910 158 PCL 7910 210 MIB
7910 159 PCLXL 7910 211 WebSystem
SM 5-77 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-78 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
7932 016 R: Color Counter *EGB replacing the new toner bottle for the b/w
mode or the full color mode.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7932 017 E: Total Counter *EGB Displays the total number of sheets when
7932 018 E: Color Counter *EGB detecting the toner end for the b/w mode or
the full color mode.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7932 019 Near End *EGB Displays the toner near end record.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
7932 020 Install Date *EGB Displays the date of the install the toner
bottle.
7932 021 Toner End Date *EGB Displays the date of the toner end.
Service
Tables
[0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
7933 013 Toner End *EGB Displays the toner end record.
7933 014 Refill Flag *EGB Displays the refilling record.
7933 015 R: Total Counter *EGB Displays the total number of sheets when
7933 016 R: Color Counter *EGB replacing the new toner bottle for the b/w
mode or the full color mode.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7933 017 E: Total Counter *EGB Displays the total number of sheets when
7933 018 E: Color Counter *EGB detecting the toner end for the b/w mode or
the full color mode.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7933 019 Near End *EGB Displays the toner near end record.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
7933 020 Install Date *EGB Displays the date of the install the toner
bottle.
7933 021 Toner End Date *EGB Displays the date of the toner end.
SM 5-79 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-80 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
SM 5-81 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-82 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
[0~9999999/ 0 / 1]
-001 1 Page -008 21~50 Pages
-002 2 Pages -009 51~100 Pages
-003 3 Pages -010 101~300 Pages
-004 4 Pages -011 301~500 Pages
-005 5 Pages -012 501~700 Pages
-006 6~10 Pages -013 701~1000 Pages
-007 11~20 Pages -014 1001~ Pages
• The jobs interrupted by paper jams or some other errors are also counted.
• If a job is suspended and restarted later, the job is seen as one job.
SM 5-83 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-84 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
3 2 3 2
Tables
4 2 4 2
5 3 5 4
6 4 6 4
7 4 7 4
8 4 8 4
SM 5-85 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-86 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
001 B/W 003 Full Color
002 Single Color
SM 5-87 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-88 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
• SP8-831 displays the image coverage ratio for each color of the last output. This
SP mode displays the coverage ratio of the output, i.e. the ratio of the total pixel
area of the image data to the total printable area on the paper. Note that this
value is not directly proportional to the amount of toner consumed, although of
course it is one factor that affects this amount. The other major factors involved
include: the type, total image area and image density of the original, toner
concentration and developer potential.
SM 5-89 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-90 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
8941 009 Down Time/TonEnd *CTL The total downtime caused by toner ends
SM 5-91 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
SP9-XXX
9001
[Shutter Motor]
9001 064 Open Time *EGB Adjusts the open shutter time.
[0 to 990 / 210 / 10 msec/step]
9001 065 Close Time *EGB Adjusts the closed shutter time.
[0 to 990 / 100 / 10 msec/step]
[Filming Remov.] Filming Removal (R: Rotation)
9001 066 R: OPC: Toner *EGB [0 to 255 / 1 / 1/step]
9001 067 Toner Dev. Bias *EGB [0 to 800 / 50 / 1 V/step]
9001 068 R: OPC: No-Toner *EGB [0 to 255 / 30 / 1/step]
[Filming Remov.] Filming Removal
9001 069 Filming Coun.: [K] *EGB Displays the counter that counts the number
of sheets in black and white printing mode
from previous filming removal.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
9001 074 Interval: [k] *EGB Adjusts the threshold for filming removal.
This SP is executed even the print job is
proceeding.
[0 to 65535 / 150 / 1/step]
9001 075 Counter: [FC] *EGB Displays the counter that counts the number
of sheets in full color printing mode from
previous filming removal.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
9001 076 Interval: [FC] *EGB Adjusts the threshold for filming removal.
This SP is executed even the print job is
proceeding.
[0 to 65535 / 150 / 1/step]
[Vb: LS] Vb at Low Process Speed
9001 083 Vb Shift *EGB [0 to 65535 / 10 / 1/step]
[Vc: LS] Vc at Low Process Speed
9001 084 Vc Shift *EGB [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
[Filming Remov.] Filming Removal: Job end
9001 099 Interval (E): [K] *EGB Displays the counter that counts the number
of sheets in black and white printing mode
from previous filming removal.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
9001 100 Interval (E): [FC] *EGB Displays the counter that counts the number
of sheets in full color printing mode from
previous filming removal.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
9001 101 Interval: [end] *EGB Adjusts the threshold for job end filming
removal. This SP is not executed until the
print job has ended.
[0 to 65535 / 75 / 1/step]
G104 5-92 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
9903 034 OHP: C3 *EGB [0 to 31 / 7 / 1/step]
9903 037 OHP: Y3 *EGB [0 to 31 / 7 / 1/step]
[Vpp]
9906 (Environment)
Adjusts the Vpp value for each environment.
9906 001 Vpp 1: LL *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1950 / 1 V/step]
9906 002 Vpp 2: LL *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2200 / 1 V/step]
9906 003 Vpp 1: ML *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1780 / 1 V/step]
9906 004 Vpp 2: ML *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2030 / 1 V/step]
9906 005 Vpp 1: MM *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1770 / 1 V/step]
9906 006 Vpp 2: MM *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2020 / 1 V/step]
9906 007 Vpp 1: MH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1810 / 1 V/step]
9906 008 Vpp 2: MH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2060 / 1 V/step]
9906 009 Vpp 1: HH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1770 / 1 V/step]
9906 010 Vpp 2: HH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2020 / 1 V/step]
SM 5-93 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
G104 5-94 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
Tables
SM 5-95 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Bit No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Result 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
Input Check 1
001
DFU
Input Check 2
0 Color OPC Motor Locked Not locked
1 Black OPC/ Development Motor Locked Not locked
2 Color Development Motor Locked Not locked
002 3 Paper Feed/ Fusing Motor Locked Not locked
4 Registration Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
5 Paper Exit Sensor Paper not detected Paper detected
6 Interlock Switch 5V Open Close
7 Top Cover Sensor Close Open
Input Check 3
003
DFU
Input Check 4
0-3 DFU - -
4 Polygon Motor Fan Locked Not locked
5 Color Drum Gear Position Sensor Activated
(Actuator inside Deactivated
004
sensor)
6 Black Drum Gear Position Sensor Activated
(Actuator inside Deactivated
sensor)
7 Interlock Switch 24V Opened Closed
Input Check 5
005
DFU
Input Check 6
006
DFU
Input Check 11
0 Paper Size Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
1 Paper Size Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
2 Paper Size Sensor 3 Pushed Not Pushed
3 Paper Size Sensor 4 Pushed Not Pushed
4 Paper Width Sensor Pushed Not Pushed
5 Paper Height Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
011
6 Paper Height Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
7 Paper End Sensor Not End End
G104 5-96 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
Input Check 12
0 Transfer Belt Contact Sensor Not Contact Contact
1 Transfer Roller Contact Sensor Not Contact Contact
2 Duplex Jam Sensor 1 Paper detected Paper not detected
012 3 Duplex Jam Sensor 1 Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Fusing New Unit Sensor New Old
5 Fusing Unit Set Sensor P1 Set Not Set
6 Fusing Unit Set Sensor P2 Set Not Set
7 Not Used - -
Input Check 13
0 Paper Overflow Sensor Overflow Not overflow
1 Fusing Exit Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
2 Inverter Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
013 3 Fusing Unit Fan Locked Not locked
4 PSU Fan Locked Not locked
5 Drive Unit Fan Locked Not locked
6 Paper Exit Fan Locked Not locked
7 DFU
Input Check 14
0 Toner End Sensor [Y] End Not end
1 Toner End Sensor [C] End Not end
2 Toner End Sensor [M] End Not end
014 3 Toner End Sensor [K] End Not end
4 New PCU Detection [Y] New Old
5 New PCU Detection [C] New Old
6 New PCU Detection [M] New Old
7 New PCU Detection [K] New Old
Service
Tables
Input Check 15
0 LDU Shutter Sensor Close Open
1 Left Cover Sensor Close Open
2 Waste Toner Overflow Sensor Not overflow Overflow
015 3 By-pass Paper Detection Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
5 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
6 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 3 Pushed Not Pushed
7 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 4 Pushed Not Pushed
Input Check 16
0-2 Not used - -
016 3 Fusing Entrance Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Transfer Belt New Unit Detection New Old
5-7 Not used - -
Input Check 17
0-4 DFU - -
5 Front Door Sensor Close Open
6-7 DFU - -
017
SM 5-97 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
Input Check 20
0 Tray 2 Paper Near End Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
1 Tray 2 Paper Near End Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
2 Tray 2 Paper End Sensor End Not end
020 3 Tray 2 Paper Feed Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Tray 2 Paper Size 4 Pushed Not Pushed
5 Tray 2 Paper Size 3 Pushed Not Pushed
6 Tray 2 Paper Size 2 Pushed Not Pushed
7 Tray 2 Paper Size 1 Pushed Not Pushed
Input Check 21
0 Tray 3 Paper Near End Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
1 Tray 3 Paper Near End Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
2 Tray 3 Paper End Sensor End Not end
021 3 Tray 3 Paper Feed Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Tray 3 Paper Size 4 Pushed Not Pushed
5 Tray 3 Paper Size 3 Pushed Not Pushed
6 Tray 3 Paper Size 2 Pushed Not Pushed
7 Tray 3 Paper Size 1 Pushed Not Pushed
G104 5-98 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
ENGINE SERVICE MODE
Service
5804 203 [K]: TD. Sensor Vcnt TD Sensor Vcnt: Black
Tables
5804 204 ID. Sensor LED ID Sensor LED
5804 205 Toner End Sensor Toner End Sensor
5804 210 ID. Sensor Left ID. Sensor Left
5804 211 ID. Sensor Center ID. Sensor Center
5804 212 ID. Sensor Right ID. Sensor Right
5804 220 Color PCL Color PCL
5804 221 Mono. PCL Monochrome PCL
5804 230 PFU 1 Motor Optional paper tray unit 1 Motor
5804 231 PFU 1 Clutch Optional paper tray unit 1 Clutch
5804 240 PFU 2 Motor Optional paper tray unit 2 Motor
5804 241 PFU 2 Clutch Optional paper tray unit 2 Clutch
SM 5-99 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE
5.3.2 PRECAUTIONS
Handling SD Cards
Observe the following precautions when handling SD cards:
• Turn off the main power switch before you insert or remove an SD card. Data in
the SD card can be corrupted if you insert or remove an SD card while the main
power switch is on.
• Do not turn off the main power switch during downloading.
• Keep SD cards in a safe location. Do not store SD cards in the following
locations:
• Locations exposed to high temperature, high humidity, direct sunlight, or
strong vibration
• Locations where there are effects from magnetic forces
• Do not bend or scratch SD cards.
• Do not drop SD cards or expose them to shock or vibration.
NOTE: For the arrangement of files in SD cards, see 5.3.3.
Upload or Download
In this section, “upload” and “download” have these meanings:
• Upload: To copy data from the printer to the SD card
• Download: To copy data from the SD card to the printer
Network Connection
Before you start, inform the user that they cannot use the printer during firmware
update, and that they must disconnect the printer physically from the network. If a
print job comes in during upload/download, it can cause problems with the firmware
update.
G104 5-100 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE
The firmware program contains the file information. Before downloading the
firmware from an SD card, the firmware-update program reads the file information.
The firmware is downloaded only when the file information is correct.
NOTE: The file information can identify the firmware, but this information does not
guarantee that the data is not corrupted.
Example
When you save the firmware, we recommend
that you arrange folders and files as follows:
• In the folder romdata, make only one folder
and use this folder for one model. Use the log
machine code as the name of this folder.
nvram
• When you save files other than firmware,
Service
Tables
make a new folder outside romdata. Save
the files in this folder. Do not save any file prt
outside the folders. (The diagram shows an
romdata
example. Three folders, log, nvramdata, and
prt, are outside romdata. These folders can
store debug logs, NVRAM data, and G104
captured files respectively.)
G1051111.fwu
G1052222.fwu
G1053333.fwu
G105S901.WMF
SM 5-101 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE
5.3.4 UPDATING
Procedure
Before beginning this procedure, print a
configuration page.
1. Turn off the main power switch.
G105S903.WMF
2. Disconnect the printer from the 3 2 1
network (
5.3.2).
3. Remove the slot cover from slot 3 ( x 1).
NOTE: Do not use the slot 2. The slot 2 is for customer use.
4. Turn the SD card face to the rear side of the printer, and insert it into slot 3.
5. Slowly push the SD card into the slot until it clicks.
6. Make sure that the SD card is locked in place.
NOTE: To remove the SD card, push it in until it clicks, and release it slowly.
The slot pushes out the SD card.
7. Turn on the main power switch.
8. Wait until a firmware name is shown on the display (about 1 minute).
NOTE: The firmware name is read from within the firmware. The firmware
name will not change even if you change the file name on your PC.
9. If the necessary firmware name is shown on the display, go to the next step. To
use a different firmware, push the up-arrow key or the down-arrow key to find
the necessary firmware.
10. To select the firmware, push the enter key. Make sure that a star (4) is next to
the firmware name.
11. If you update more than one firmware program at the same time, find each
firmware and select each of them. Make sure a star is added to each firmware
name.
12. To select “Up Date”, push the up-arrow key or the down-arrow key.
NOTE: If the customer has used all of three slots, you will need an empty slot for
this procedure. Ask the customer to temporarily remove one of the SD card
in slot 3.
G104 5-102 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE
13. To start firmware update, push the enter key. While each firmware is
downloaded, the underscores on the operation panel are replaced by stars.
14. Wait until the message “Updated” is shown.
15. Turn off the main power switch.
16. Remove the SD card from the slot.
17. Attach the slot cover ( x 1).
18. Connect the printer to the network physically.
19. Turn on the main power switch.
20. Print the Configuration Page to check that the every firmware is correctly
updated: Menu > List/Test Print > Config.P/Er.Log
Error Handling
An error code is shown if an error occurs during the download. Error codes have
the letter “E” and a number. If an error occurs, the firmware has not correctly
downloaded; see the error code table (5.3.6) and perform the necessary steps.
After this, try to download the firmware again.
Power Failure
If firmware update is interrupted by power failure, the firmware has not correctly
downloaded. In this case, machine operation is not guaranteed. You have to
download the firmware again.
Service
Tables
SM 5-103 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE
CAUTION
Turn off the main power switch before you insert or remove an SD card.
Make sure that the controller and the EGB are correctly connected.
G104 5-104 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE
Service
Tables
• Total Count
• Serial Number
SM 5-105 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FIRMWARE UPDATE Rev. 01/2006
G104 5-106 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SD CARD APPLI MOVE
Service
Tables
SM 5-107 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SD CARD APPLI MOVE
5.4.1). 3 2 1
1. Turn off the main power switch.
2. Make sure that an SD card is in slot 2. The application program is copied to the
SD card in slot 2.
3. Insert the SD card (having stored the application program) to slot 3. The
application program is copied from this SD card.
4. Turn on the main power switch.
5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5873-001 “Move Exec.”
7. Follow the messages displayed on the operation panel.
8. Exit the SP mode.
9. Turn off the main power switch.
10. Remove the SD card from slot 3.
11. Turn on the main power switch.
12. Check that the application programs run normally.
G104 5-108 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SD CARD APPLI MOVE
5.4.1).
3 2 1
1. Turn off the main power switch.
2. Insert the original SD card in slot 3. The application program is copied back to
this card.
3. Make sure that the SD card (having stored the application program) is in slot 2.
The application program is copied back from this SD card.
4. Turn on the main power switch.
5. Enter SP mode.
6. Select SP5873-002 “Undo Exec.”
7. Follow the messages displayed on the operation panel.
8. Exit SP mode.
9. Turn off the main power switch.
Service
Tables
10. Remove the SD card from slot 3.
11. Turn on the main power switch.
12. Check that the application programs run normally.
G105S907.WMF
SM 5-109 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
1 2 3 4 5
6
17
8
16
15
10
14
11
13
12
G105V101.WMF
Descriptions
Detailed
1. Toner bottle [Y] 10. Transfer roller
2. Toner bottle [C] 11. PCU (Photo Conductor Unit)
3. Toner bottle [M] 12. Development Unit (x4)
4. Toner bottle [K] 13. Standard tray
5. Transfer Belt Unit 14. PSU (Power Supply Unit)
6. Fusing Unit 15. Polygon Mirror Motor
7. Duplex Unit 16. LDU
8. ID sensor 17. Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit
9. By-pass Feed Table
SM 6-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
[E]
[A]
[B]
[D] [C]
G105V102.WMF
G104 6-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
G105V103.WMF
4
Descriptions
3. Color Development Motor: Detailed
This controls the color development units (magenta/cyan/yellow).
4. Paper Feed/ Fusing Motor:
This controls the paper feed mechanisms (tray 1/by-pass tray), fusing unit,
paper, registration roller, transport relay roller and paper exit roller.
5. Transfer Belt Unit Motor:
This controls the transfer belt unit and the transfer roller.
6. Duplex Motor:
This controls the duplex exit, relay and exit rollers.
7. Inverter Motor:
This controls the inverter roller.
SM 6-3 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
Polygon
Memory Chip Motors Synch. Operation
Motor Thermistors Sensors Clutches
(Toner bottle) Detectors Panel
IOB
SD Cards
PFU PCI Bus (Boot)
PSU EGB
SD Cards
(Option)
Memory
DIMM
IEEE1394
Standard
components HDD IEEE
802.11 b
Optional
components NVRAM Bluetooth
G105D902.WMF
The EGB (Engine Board) controls all of the machine functions and the handshake
with the CTL (Controller). The IOB (In/Out Board) controls input/output, drivers and
input/output -connections. The IOB is a part of the EGB expansion board.
Only two of the optional interface boards (IEEE1284, IEEE1394, IEEE802.11b, and
Bluetooth) can be installed.
The controller connects to the EGB through the PCI Bus (Peripheral Component
Interconnect Bus).
G104 6-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
Descriptions
1. EGB (Engine Board):
This controls the Engine, the controller interface, image processing, MUSIC
(Mirror Unit for Skew and Interval Correction), and input/output. MUSIC is also
called Automatic Line Position Adjustment).
2. IOB (Input/Output Board):
This controls input/output, and the interfaces with the optional units, and the
operation panel.
3. Controller:
The controller board controls these functions:
• SD cards (Boot) • IEEE802.11b
• SD cards (Option) • Bluetooth
• Memory DIMM • NVRAM
• IEEE1284 • HDD
• IEEE1394
4. LD Drive Board:
This is the laser diode drive circuit board.
5. IEEE1394 Interface (Option):
This lets computers connect to this printer with an IEEE1394 interface.
6. HDD Unit (Option):
The HDD unit stores the data for these items.
• Additional software fonts
• Collation
• Locked print
• Sample print
• Downloaded forms for form overlay
7. Memory DIMM (Standard: 64MB DRAM, Option: 64/128/256MB DRAM):
This is for more printer processing memory, and is also used for collation and
Descriptions
for soft fonts.
Detailed
8. Operation Panel Board:
Controls the display panel, the LED, and the keypad.
9. IEEE1284 Interface (Option):
This is a parallel printer port.
10. USB:
Lets you connect the printer to a computer.
11. Bluetooth (Option):
Lets you connect the printer to a computer with a wireless connection.
12. IEEE802.11b wireless LAN (Option):
Lets you connect the printer to a computer with a wireless connection.
SM 6-5 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
2 1 5
G105D101.WMF
This machine uses four PCUs, four development units, and four laser beams for
color printing. Each PCU contains a drum, charge roller, cleaning brush, and blade.
The toner image on each drum is transferred to the transfer belt. All four color
toners are put on the belt at the same time. Then the completed four-color image is
transferred to the paper.
G104 6-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERVIEW
1. Drum charge:
The charge roller gives the drum a negative charge
2. Laser exposure:
The laser beam from the laser diode (LD) goes through the lens and mirrors
and to the drum. To make a latent image on the drum, the machine turns the
laser beam on and off.
3. Development:
The development roller moves negatively-charged toner to the latent image
on the drum surface. This machine uses four development units (one for
each color).
4. Image transfer:
The charge that is applied to the transfer roller pulls the toner from the drum
to the transfer belt. Four toner images are put on the paper.
5. Cleaning for OPC drum:
The cleaning brush and blade remove remaining toner on the drum surface
after image transfer to the paper.
6. Quenching for OPC drum:
Quenching is done at the end of each page with a quenching lamp (LED
array) in the PCU.
7. Paper registration:
The registration roller controls the paper feed timing to make sure that the
image transfers to the correct location on the paper. It also removes skew.
8. Paper Transfer and Separation:
Toner transfers from the transfer belt to the paper when the paper is fed
between the transfer belt and transfer roller. At this time, the paper also
separates from the transfer belt, because of a discharge plate immediately
after the transfer roller.
Descriptions
9. ID sensor: Detailed
The ID sensor board contains three ID sensors (one at the left, one at the
center, and one at the right). The ID sensor detects the density of the ID
sensor pattern on the transfer belt. The ID sensor output is used for process
control and for automatic line-position adjustment, skew, and color
registration adjustments for the latent image.
SM 6-7 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
[C]
[B]
[A]
G105D117.WMF
G104 6-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
Descriptions
process control self-check. This procedure is done at these 9 times. Detailed
1. Initial
This starts automatically at the following times:
• Immediately after the power is turned on
• When the machine comes back from energy saver mode
• 6 hours after the power was turned on (can be changed with SP 3554 001)
• If absolute humidity changes more than ± 6 g/m3 (e.g. 23°C/ 50% ¤ 27°C/
70%). The humidity threshold can be changed with SP 3554 002.
SM 6-9 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
G104 6-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
Descriptions
machine uses the ID sensor output value from each gradation of the pattern. Detailed
SM 6-11 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
G104 6-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
• If the image coverage ratio is less than the value of SP 3-701-002 to 005,
pixel count is used.
• If the image coverage ratio is more than the value of SP 3-701-002 to 005,
the TD sensor is used.
• But, if SP 3-701-001 is ‘off’, then the TD sensor is always used. The default
setting for this SP is ‘off’. Because of this, pixel count is not used.
Descriptions
2) The machine does an engine free run, which simulates printing of 10 sheets Detailed
of A4/LT size paper with the image data (2 by 2) and normal toner supply.
3) The machine mixes the developer for 10 seconds.
SM 6-13 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
[A]
G105D106.WMF
Introduction
Toner End
To detect toner end the machine uses:
• Output from the toner end sensor [A]
G104 6-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
Descriptions
Detailed
NOTE: 1) When “Toner near end” is detected, “Toner end recovery” is not
done.
2) If there is no “Toner end” information in the memory ID chip, the
machine detects that there is toner in the toner bottle and “Toner
end recovery” is done.
SM 6-15 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PROCESS CONTROL
G104 6-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
2
6
1
G105D126.WMF
Descriptions
Detailed
The machine has a paper tray (550 sheets) and a by-pass paper feed table (100
sheets).
The paper feed mechanism uses a friction pad system.
SM 6-17 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[C]
[B]
G105D127.WMF
[A]
The paper feed and fusing motor drives the paper feed roller [A], by-pass feed
roller [B] and registration roller [C] via clutches and gears. The paper feed roller
and by-pass feed roller feed paper to the registration roller.
The machine creates a paper buckle at the registration roller to correct paper skew.
The paper buckle can be adjusted with SP1-003-001 to -045.
G104 6-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[C]
[B]
[D]
[A]
[E]
[F]
G105D128.WMF
When the tray [A] is set in the machine, the tray arms [B] move along the guide
slopes [C] of the main frame. This makes the springs [D] lift the bottom plate [E].
The bottom plate [E] pushes the paper against the paper feed roller and keeps the
top sheet of paper at the correct height as paper is fed from the stack.
Using the paper pressure switch [F], you can adjust the bottom plate pressure.
Descriptions
When you use thick paper of 75g/m2 or more, move this switch to the left. Detailed
SM 6-19 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
1
[B]
2
3
[D]
4
[A]
[C]
G105D129.WMF
The paper size sensor is at the rear of the tray on the engine mainframe. This
sensor has four switches. The outputs from the switches detect the paper size, as
shown in the table. The actuators are on the side plate [B]. The side plate is moved
by the end plate [D] through a cam [C].
Switch Location
Paper Size
1 2 3 4
LG SEF Pushed Pushed - -
A4 SEF - Pushed Pushed -
LT SEF Pushed Pushed Pushed Pushed
US. EXE SEF Pushed - - -
B5 SEF Pushed - - -
A5 SEF/ HLT SEF - Pushed Pushed Pushed
A5 LEF/ HLT LEF - - Pushed Pushed
SEF = Short Edge Feed
LEF = Long Edge Feed
G104 6-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[B] [C]
[A]
[G]
[D]
[E]
[F]
G105D131.WMF
There are four sensors in tray 1: the two near end sensors [B] [E], the end sensor
[C] and the paper width sensor [A].
Near-end detection
Two near end sensors detect the amount of paper in the tray.
When the quantity of paper decreases, the bottom-plate-pressure lever moves up
and the actuator [F] (on the pressure-lever drive shaft) turns.
Remaining paper Near end sensor 1 [E] Near end sensor 2 [B]
Descriptions
Full ~ 450 ON OFF Detailed
450 ~ 250 ON ON
250 ~ 50 OFF ON
50 ~ 0 OFF OFF
OFF: No actuator
End detection
When the paper tray is empty, the actuator [D] moves into the end sensor. The
sensor detects paper end.
Paper width sensor
When paper with a small width (less than A5/HLT) is put in the tray, it does not lift
the actuator [G] of the paper width sensor. Because of this, the paper width sensor
detects the paper that has a width less than A5/HLT.
SM 6-21 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
[A] [C]
[D]
[F]
[G]
[B]
[H]
G105D130.WMF
[E]
G104 6-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
6.3.4 DUPLEX
1 2
3
7
6
G105D122.WMF
Descriptions
1. Inverter roller 5. Duplex relay roller Detailed
2. Inverter sensor 6. Duplex jam sensor 2
3. Duplex jam sensor 1 7. Duplex exit roller
4. Duplex entrance roller 8. Junction gate
SM 6-23 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
Drive
[B]
[A]
[D]
[E]
[C]
[F]
G105D123.WMF
The inverter motor [A] controls the inverter roller [B] that feeds the sheet of paper to
the duplex unit.
The duplex motor [C] controls the duplex entrance roller [D], duplex relay roller [E]
and duplex exit roller [F] that feed the sheet of paper to the registration roller.
G104 6-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED
Interleaving
Step 1:
This duplex unit uses the
interleaving method. This
decreases the total time of duplex
printing. 1
G105D124.WMF
Step 2:
The machine prints side [3] on the
second sheet of paper.
The second sheet of paper is fed to 3 1
Descriptions
the paper exit, and into the duplex 2
Detailed
feed path. At the same time, the
first sheet of paper is fed between
the transfer belt and the transfer
roller, and side [2] is printed.
The second sheet of paper 1 3
immediately follows the first sheet
of paper in the duplex feed path.
Then side [4] is printed.
5 5
G105D125.WMF
SM 6-25 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
1 2 3
4
6
14
7
13
G105D133.WMF
12 11 10
This machine uses four LDB units and one polygon mirror motor to produce latent
images on four OPC drums (one drum for each color toner).
There are two hexagonal mirrors. Each mirror reflects beams from two LDB units.
Laser exposure for yellow and cyan starts from the right side of the drum, but for
magenta and black it starts from the left side of the drum. This is because the units
for yellow and cyan are on the other side of the polygon mirror from the units for
magenta and black.
G104 6-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
[A]
[B]
[D]
[E]
[C]
[F] G105D132.WMF
The laser beams for cyan [B] and magenta [D] are sent to the upper part of the
polygon mirror [C]. The laser beams for yellow [A] and black [E] are sent to the
lower part of the polygon mirror. The LD mirrors (see the previous page) reflect the
laser beams for yellow and black to the lower polygon mirror.
The mirror [F] corrects the main scan line. Without this mirror, the line bends at the
middle of the main scan. The central bend of the mirror is adjusted in the factory.
The speed of the polygon mirror is controlled by the selected mode (see below).
Descriptions
Color 600 x 600
36614 155 25 Detailed
(except OHP/Thick 1,200 x 600
paper) 1,200 x 1,200 36614 77.5 12.5
600 x 600
OHP/Thick 1,200 x 600 36614 77.5 12.5
1,200 x 1,200
SM 6-27 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
[A]
[F]
[E]
G105D133.WMF
[D] [C] [B]
Overview
The machine has four laser synchronizing detector boards (LSD) as shown above.
Each pair of boards detects two colors. The machine knows each color from the
time that they are detected. The two LSDs [A] [B] are used for magenta and black,
and the two [C] [D] are used for yellow and cyan.
G104 6-28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
A safety switch turns off when the front cover or the right door is opened. As a
result, a relay on the PSU cuts the power supply (+5V) to the four LD boards. (The
electric circuits run through the EGB and IOB.)
The LD safety switch system interrupts the laser beam circuit when the cover is
open.
+5VE2
EGB IOB Door SW
PSU
LDB (C)
Front and Upper Right Cover Switch
The front cover and the right cover are
mechanically connected to the actuator.
The actuator is mechanically connected to LD Control IC
LD Control IC
LDB (Y)
Descriptions
Detailed
LD Control IC
LDB (K)
LD Control IC
G105D901.WMF
SM 6-29 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
Y
YY KY YY KY YY KY
K
KK KC KK KC KK KC
C
CC KM CC KM CC KM
M
MM MM MM
Y
K
C
M
G105D921.WMF
During automatic line position adjustment, the line patterns above are created eight
times on the transfer belt. The spaces between the lines (YY, KK, CC, MM, KY, KC,
KM) are measured by the front, center, and rear ID sensors. The controller reads
the average of the spaces, and adjusts the following items:
• Sub scan line position for YCM
• Main scan line position for KYCM
• Magnification ratio for KYCM
• Skew for YCM (
NOTE)
NOTE: In this procedure, only the skew for YCM is measured. If you want to
adjust the main skew, do the main skew adjustment procedure.
(
3.3.2)
The transfer-belt-cleaning unit cleans the transfer belt after the patterns are
measured.
G104 6-30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-31 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
Adjustment Conditions
If SP 2153-001 is set to ‘on’, then automatic line position adjustment is done at the
times shown below.
Initialization
If SP 2153-003 is set to ‘on’, then the adjustment is done when the main power is
turned on or the machine comes back from the standby mode, but only if one of the
following conditions occurs.
• At a set time after the previous adjustment. The default value is 360 minutes.
You can adjust the time with SP2153-013.
• When the temperature changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set
value. The default value is 5.
You can adjust the temperature change value with 2153-012.
Printing
If SP 2153-004 is set to ‘on’, then the adjustment is done when the machine gets
print job data, but only if one of the following conditions occurs.
• At a set time after the previous adjustment. The default value is 360 minutes.
You can adjust the time with SP2153-013.
• When the temperature changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set
value. The default value is 5 °C.
You can adjust the temperature change value with SP2153-012.
• When the magnification changed after a previous adjustment by more than a
set value. The default value is 1 %.
You can adjust the magnification change value with SP2153-015.
G104 6-32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
Interrupt
If SP 2153-005 is set to ‘on’, then the adjustment is done when the one of the
following conditions occurs during a print job with many pages.
• When the number of printed pages after the previous adjustment becomes
more than a set number. The number of pages includes black and color printing.
The default value is 190 pages. (If this condition occurs, automatic line position
adjustment after the next interval process control will not be cancelled.)
You can adjust the default value with SP2153-010.
• When the temperature changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set
value. The default value is 5 °C.
You can adjust the temperature change value with SP2153-012.
• When the magnification changed after a previous adjustment by more than a
set value. The default value is1 %.
You can adjust the magnification change value with SP2153-015.
This table shows when the automatic line position adjustment is done. It also
shows the main SPs that control the timing of the adjustment. If SP 2153 001 is ‘off’,
then the automatic adjustment is never done. Note that the adjustments for the
sub-scan line position, main scan line position, and magnification are done at the
same time.
After
Process Initialization Printing Interrupt
Enabled/Disabled
Control (SP 2153 (SP 2153 (SP 2153 Remarks
(SP 2153 001)
(SP 2153 003) 004) 005)
002)
On ON On ON On Default
Off
Off On
Off
Off ON On
Descriptions
Off
Detailed
Off On
Off
Off On ON On
Off
Off On
Off
Off ON On
Off
Off On
Off
Off - - - - No
Adjustment
NOTE: You can also do the automatic line position adjustment manually with
SP2111-001.
SM 6-33 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
Y
C
M
K
[A]
Y
C [D]
M
K
[B]
[C] G105D139.WMF
You can adjust the mirror adjustment cam for magenta [C], cyan [B], and yellow [A]
with a screwdriver. This mechanism corrects the main scan skew. The diagram
shows the effect on line skew [D] when you turn the cam in a counterclockwise
direction.
For more about this adjustment, see section 3.3.2.
G104 6-34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LASER EXPOSURE
LDU Shutter
[B]
[A]
[D]
G105D134.WMF
[C]
The LD unit has a shutter. The shutter prevents toner and other dust from falling on
the LDU glass. The shutter motor [A] moves the shutter [B] in the direction of the
arrow with the gear [C]. SC270 occurs if the output of the LDU shutter sensor [D]
does not change 1 second after the LDU shutter motor turned on.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-35 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
6 4 G105D102.WMF
5
This machine has four PCUs, one for each color. Each PCU contains an OPC
drum, charge roller, cleaning brush, and cleaning blade. The diameter of the drum
is 30 mm (circumference: about 94.2 mm).
The photoconductor gap between each PCU and development roller is set by the
drum positioning plate and the rear shaft. It is not adjustable in the field.
G104 6-36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
[B]
[C]
[D]
[E]
[F]
G105D105.WMF
The black OPC/development motor [F] drives the PCU for black.
The color development motor [A] drives the PCUs for magenta, cyan, and yellow.
One motor controls these three drums to help reduce CMY color registration errors.
Mechanism
The machine uses drum gear position sensors to detect if the drum motors are
turning. SC380 occurs when it detects that the drum motor does not move. These
sensors also help the machine to initialize the positions of the gears when the main
switch is turned on and at initialization. This prevents changes between printouts in
Descriptions
how the gears engage, which can cause changes in copy quality. Detailed
There is an actuator on each of the black [D] and magenta [B] drum gears. The
drum gear position sensors [C][E] detect the positions of these actuators. The
sensors check that the two actuators are parallel. This mechanism makes sure that
output quality does not change. The cyan [G] and yellow [H] drum gears operate
directly with the magenta drum gear because these three drum gears are
connected through other gears.
In the ready condition, the two actuators are parallel. If they are not in a parallel
position, the machine adjusts the position of the black drum gear automatically.
SM 6-37 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
NOTE: If the connector of the black drum position sensor is connected to the
magenta drum position sensor (and the connector of the magenta drum
position sensor is connected to the black drum position sensor), no error
occurs in step 1 and step 2.
G104 6-38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
[A]
[B]
G105D103.WMF
This machine uses a charge roller [A]. The charge roller charges the drum surface
with a negative charge. The high voltage supply board, which is at the rear of the
machine, applies a dc and ac voltage (at a constant current) to the roller. The ac
voltage helps to make sure that the charge given to the drum is as constant as
possible.
The machine automatically controls the charge roller voltage if automatic process
control is enabled (that is, if SP3-501-001 is set to 0). However, if process control is
turned off, (that is, if SP3-501-001 is set to 1), the dc voltage is the value stored in
SP2-201-001 to –004 or SP2-201-006 to -009 (do not adjust in the field unless told
to do so).
The diameter of the roller is 30 mm (the circumference is about 94.2 mm).
Descriptions
The cleaning brush roller [B], which always touches the charge roller, cleans the Detailed
charge roller.
For quenching at the end of every job, light from the quenching lamp (LED array in
the PCU) illuminates the full area of the drum.
SM 6-39 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
[A]
[C]
[B]
[D]
G105D104.WMF
The cleaning brush [A] loosens the remaining toner on the drum surface. The
lubricant bar [B] lubricates the brush. The cleaning blade [C] then removes the
waste toner. The toner collection coil [D] moves the toner to the waste toner
collection duct.
G104 6-40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
[N]
[F]
[M]
[G]
[L]
[K] [H]
[J] [I]
G105D110.WMF
The waste toner from the collection coils in the four PCUs fits into the waste-toner
collection bottle from the four openings [I][J][K][M] at the rear of the PCUs. The
toner collection coils [B][C][D][G] move the waste toner to the waste toner bottle [L].
Coils [B][C][D] are driven by the color development motor and coil [G] is driven by
the black OPC/development motor.
NOTE: The openings [I] to [M] are for these PCUs: black → [I], cyan → [J],
magenta → [K], yellow → [M].
Descriptions
Detailed
The waste toner from the transfer-belt cleaning unit falls into the waste toner
collection bottle from a separate opening [N]. The toner collection coil [A] moves
this waste toner to the waste toner bottle.
The waste toner collection coil [H] is driven by the transfer roller contact motor.
The waste toner bottle has five seals (one at each opening). The seals prevent
scattering of waste toner.
The pin [E] at the waste toner entrance pushes the shutter spring [F] in the rear of
the PCU. Because of this, waste toner can fall into the waste toner bottle when the
left cover is closed. If the left cover is open, the shutter mechanism prevents the
waste toner from spilling out from the rear of the PCUs.
SM 6-41 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
[A]
[B]
G105D110.WMF
The left cover sensor [A] (behind waste toner bottle) in the main frame detects
when the left cover is open. It also detects if the waste toner bottle is in the
machine. If the “Close Front/Left Cover” indication shows on the LCD when the
cover is closed, check if the waste toner bottle is in the machine correctly.
The waste toner sensor [B] detects when the bottle is almost full.
When the bottle contains a set quantity of waste toner, the sensor turns off. The
machine detects that the waste toner bottle is almost full.
After that, the machine can print approximately 1250 more sheets. After printing
1250 sheets, the machine indicates “Replace Waste Toner bottle” after the end of
the job. The printer cannot be used until the bottle is replaced or emptied.
NOTE: The number of sheets is calculated for a paper size of A4/LT and an image
coverage ratio for each color of 5%.
G104 6-42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
[C]
[A] [B]
G105D109.WMF
Descriptions
and the switch turns off. The hook cannot pick up the terminal again. Because of Detailed
this, the machine detects that this PCU is not new.
SM 6-43 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
Error Message
PCU
Reset PCU
When the machine cannot detect a PCU, it
outputs the first message, “Reset PCU
Correctly
Correctly,” and the second message, “Xxxxx”; G105D908.WMF
where “Xxxxx” is a color, for example “Magenta”.
The operation panel shows the first message and Magenta
then shows the second message, and then back
to the first. Each message is shown for 3
seconds. G105D909.WMF
Yellow/Magenta
Black
G105D911.WMF
G104 6-44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
6.6 DEVELOPMENT
6.6.1 OVERVIEW
6
1
4 5 G105D102.WMF
This machine has four development units, one for each color. The developer in
each unit is supplied to the development roller by the two mixing coils. Electrostatic
attraction moves the developer to the surface of the roller.
The drum positioning plate and the rear shaft set the photoconductor gap between
Descriptions
the PCU and development roller. It is not adjustable in the field.
Detailed
The TD sensor detects toner density. Each development unit has a TD sensor.
The diameter of the development roller is 18 mm (the circumference is
approximately 56.5 mm).
SM 6-45 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
6.6.2 DRIVE
[C]
[B]
[A]
G105D108.WMF
The black development motor [A] drives the development roller and the
photoconductor for black through gears and the development clutch [B].
The color development motor [C] drives the development unit for magenta, cyan,
and yellow through gears.
The machine only contains one development clutch, and it is only used for black.
G104 6-46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
[A]
[C]
[B]
G105D107.WMF
The toner is supplied from the hopper [A]. Two mixing coils [B and C] move the
developer forward and backward to mix the developer.
Mixing occurs at the following times:
• Immediately after a new PCU is installed.
• During the process control self check
• During toner supply
• During development.
• Every 36 hours (can be changed with SP 3554 003)
• If absolute humidity changes more than ± 6 g/m3 (e.g. 23°C/ 50% ¤ 27°C/ 70%).
The humidity threshold can be changed with SP 3554 004.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-47 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
G104 6-48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DEVELOPMENT
[A]
[B]
[C]
[G]
[F]
[D]
[E] G105D106.WMF
This machine uses four toner bottles [A]. Each bottle has a spiral groove [B] in it.
The toner supply motor [F] turns the toner bottle (each bottle has a separate motor).
When the toner supply drive-mechanism starts, the toner bottles turn and the
groove moves toner to the mouth of the bottle. Here, toner spills into a hopper [C].
Mylar blades turn and move the toner to an opening in the side of the hopper and
the toner falls into the development unit [D]. The quantity of toner that is added is
controlled by the length of time that the toner supply mechanism turns.
SM 6-49 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
4
8
7 6 5
G105D111.WMF
The toner is attracted from the four OPC drums to the transfer belt by the belt
transfer rollers. For a full color print, all four colors are moved from the PCUs to the
transfer belt at the same time.
The transfer roller then moves the four-color toner image from the transfer belt to
the paper.
G104 6-50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
[B]
G105D115.WMF
SM 6-51 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
[C] [A]
[B]
[D]
G105D112.WMF
The transfer belt motor [A] drives the transfer belt drive roller [B]. The belt tension
roller [C] adds tension to the transfer belt to help turn the belt. The speed of the
transfer belt drive is set by the process line speed.
The belt transfer rollers [D] are charged from the terminal plates to transfer the
toner from the PCUs to the transfer belt.
G104 6-52 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
[C] [A]
[D]
[B]
G105D113.WMF
The transfer belt does not touch the color PCUs (cyan, magenta and yellow) when
the machine makes a black and white print.
The transfer belt contact motor [A] turns the CMY contact cam shaft [B] when the
machine starts to make a color print. The CMY contact cam lifts the belt transfer
roller unit for CMY [C] to the transfer belt. Because of this mechanism, the life of
the transfer belt is longer (it is not necessary for the transfer belt to touch the color
PCUs when the machine makes a black and white print).
The transfer belt contact sensor [D] detects if the transfer roller unit for CMY
touches the transfer belt. If it does not touch the transfer belt during color printing,
the machine stops and shows SC 442.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-53 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
[A]
[C]
[D]
[F]
[E]
[G]
G105D114.WMF
The transfer belt cleaning blade removes remaining toner from the transfer belt to
prevent “ghosting” on the next print. This blade is included in the blade holder. The
pressure spring applies pressure to the center of the blade holder. This blade gets
constant pressure from the pressure spring.
The toner collection coil moves the remaining toner to the waste toner bottle from
its opening [G].
G104 6-54 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
[F] [G]
[E] [A]
[B]
[D]
[C]
G105D116.WMF
Descriptions
toner from OPC [D] to the transfer belt. Detailed
After all four layers of toner are transferred to the transfer belt [C], the registration
roller [B] turns on and feeds the paper to the transfer roller [A]. Paper feed is timed
to align the leading edge of the toner image on the belt at 4 mm from the leading
edge of the paper. The paper moves at the same speed as the transfer belt.
Image transfer
Charged with a negative voltage, the transfer belt drive roller [F] pushes the toner
from the transfer belt to the paper. This voltage is automatically corrected for
ambient temperature and humidity, print speed, and paper type.
To clean the transfer roller, positive and negative voltages are applied to the
transfer belt drive roller to pull toner particles from the transfer roller to the belt. The
belt-cleaning mechanism then removes this toner from the belt.
SM 6-55 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
Discharge
[A]
G105D117.WMF
The discharge plate [A] removes remaining voltage from the printed paper. This is
supplied with a positive voltage. As a result, the voltage is neutralized and paper
separation from the transfer belt occurs.
G104 6-56 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
IMAGE TRANSFER
[A]
[E]
[F]
[D]
[B]
[C]
G105D136.WMF
The transfer roller [A] is kept away from the transfer belt during the stand-by
condition.
When printing starts, the transfer roller contact motor [B] turns the cam shaft [C].
This shaft has two cams [D] and an actuator [E]. The two cams push the transfer
roller contact levers, which in turn push the transfer roller against the transfer belt.
Descriptions
The actuator turns on the transfer roller contact sensor [F] when the cam shaft Detailed
turns. Then, the machine detects that the transfer roller touches the transfer belt.
SM 6-57 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
6.8 FUSING
6.8.1 OVERVIEW
3
2 4
1
12
11
5
10
9 7 6 G105D118.WMF
8
1. Fusing tension roller 7. Fusing belt
2. Cleaning roller 8. Heating roller
3. Oil supply roller 9. Heating lamp
4. Pressure lever 10. Thermistor
5. Pressure roller 11. New fusing unit
detection fuse
6. Hot roller
12. Thermostat
• For this model, a belt fusing system is used. This system has a faster warm-up
time than a standard hot and pressure roller system.
• The heating roller is made of aluminum to increase the temperature of the fusing
belt quickly.
• The hot roller is made of sponge, which becomes a little flat at the contact point
of the pressure roller. This increases the fusing nip. This roller does not contain a
heating lamp.
• The heating roller thermistor controls the temperature of the lamp.
• Each new fusing unit contains a fuse. A short time after a new fusing unit is
installed, this fuse blows. When this occurs, the machine detects that a new
fusing unit is installed.
The oil supply roller supplies oil to the fusing belt through the oiling roller. This
mechanism applies a constant thickness of oil to the fusing belt.
G104 6-58 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
[G]
[D]
[C]
[B]
[A]
The machine starts to warm up the fusing unit to reach the print ready condition.
When the heating roller temperature gets to the idling temperature [A], the idling
procedure starts to warm up the hot roller. The temperature becomes higher than
the machine ready temperature [B] and reaches the print ready temperature [C]
after the heating roller completes idling.
The temperature increases to the target printing temperature. Then printing starts.
If the temperature does not get to the target printing temperature before 30
seconds (SP 1104 022), printing starts.
The temperature increases to the first print temperature [G] when the first sheet of
paper is printed, but this is only for the first page.
After the printing job, the machine turns off the heating roller to prevent overheating
[F].
Descriptions
Fusing roller idling Detailed
SM 6-59 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
G104 6-60 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
Overheat Protection
• If the heating roller temperature becomes higher than 230°C, the CPU cuts off
the power to the heating lamp and SC543 occurs.
Descriptions
• If 250°C is detected, the thermostat opens, and the heating lamp power is cut off. Detailed
SC545 occurs.
NOTE: 1) If the thermistor output is less than 0°C for six seconds, SC541 occurs.
2) If the heating lamp gets full power for 8 seconds after the heating roller
gets to the print ready temperature, SC545 occurs.
SM 6-61 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FUSING
6.8.3 DRIVE
[F]
[A]
[E]
[B]
[C]
[D]
G105D120.WMF
After the toner image is transferred to the paper [A], it passes through the fusing
unit. The fusing unit contains the heating roller [B]. The heating lamp [C] applies
heat to the heating roller. The heating roller applies heat to the fusing belt [D] to
melt the toner on the paper. The paper receives pressure between the fusing belt
and the pressure roller [E], and melted toner bonds to the paper.
When the paper exits the fusing unit, it goes to the exit tray. The paper exit sensor
[F] detects paper jams.
G104 6-62 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER
6.9 CONTROLLER
6.9.1 OVERVIEW
IEEE1394 I/F IEEE1284 I/F
IEEE802.11b Bluetooth
BUS
EEP
CPU ROM
Trumpet Shaker
SD Slot
#2, #3
FRAM PHY
32KB
G105D920.WMF
Descriptions
1. CPU: PMC RM7035C (533MHz) Detailed
2. TRUMPET: GW architecture ASIC. It controls the interface with the CPU and
controls these functions: memory, local bus interrupts, PCI bus, video data,
HDD, SD card for booting and image processing.
3. SHAKER: IO control ASIC. It controls the network, operation panel, USB port,
SD cards.
4. SDRAM DIMM (2 slots):
128 MB SDRAM (resident)
Can be increased to 512 MB with two 256 MB SDRAM.
5. Flash ROM: 8 MB flash ROM programmed for the boot system.
6. SD card (Boot): The 32 MB SD card installed in the SD card slot #1 includes
the program for system, network application, printer, PCL5c, PS3 and RPCS
applications and internal printer fonts.
SM 6-63 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER
7. NVRAM: 32 KB FRAM for the printer parameters, logged data and a record of
the number of pages printed for each “User Code”.
8. NVRAM board (option): 96MB NVRAM increases the number of “User Codes”
form 100 to 500.
9. Network Interface: 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
10. USB Interface: USB2.0
11. IEEE 1394 Interface (option): Firewire supports a data transfer speed of up to
400 Mbps.
12. IEEE 1284 Interface (option): This is the parallel printer port.
13. IEEE 802.11b (option): This lets you connect the printer to a wireless network.
14. Bluetooth (option): This lets you connect the printer to a Bluetooth network.
15. HDD (option): A 2.5” HDD (40 GB) can be connected using the IDE interface.
16. SD Card slots:
Slots 1 to 3, numbered from right to left.
• Slot 1: Boot SD card
• Slot 2: Customer’s application (for
example, PostScript 3)
G105S903.WMF • Slot 3: Service use (for example,
3 2 1
firmware upgrade), customer’s
application
1) The system and application software for the following boards can be
downloaded from SD cards connected to slot #3.
• Controller (Flash ROM and SD card for boot)
• EGB (Engine board)
NOTE: See the Service Tables Firmware Update Procedure for details on
downloading software from the SD card.
G104 6-64 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CONTROLLER
Engine I/F
SD R A M D IM M I/F x2
ID E I/F (H D D )
NVRAM
A S IC
(TR U M P ET)
C PU
A S IC D IP S W
Flash
(S H A K ER ) RO M
LED
G105D922.WMF
DIP Switches: Factory use only. Keep DIP SW 1 ON and all other switches OFF.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-65 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Configuration: Desktop
Print Process: Laser beam scanning & Electro photographic printing
4 drums tandem method
Printer Languages: RPCS (Refined Printing Command Stream)
PCL5c/e
PCL-XL
Adobe PostScript 3
PDF
Resolution: RPCS:
1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
PCL5c/e:
600 x 600 dpi 300 x 300 dpi
PCL-XL:
1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
Adobe PostScript 3:
1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
PDF:
1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
Gradation 1 bit/256 gradations
Printing speed:
Resolution Plain paper Thick/OHP
600 x 600 dpi 25 ppm 12.5 ppm
Monochrome 1200 x 600 dpi 25 ppm 12.5 ppm
1200 x 1200 dpi 12.5 ppm 12.5 ppm
600 x 600 dpi 25 ppm 12.5 ppm
Color 1200 x 600 dpi 25 ppm 12.5 ppm
1200 x 1200 dpi 12.5 ppm 12.5 ppm
Adobe PostScript 3:
136 fonts (24 Type 2 fonts, 112 Type 14 fonts)
Host Interfaces: Ethernet (10/100 Base-TX): Standard
USB2.0: Standard
IEEE1394 (SCSI print, IP over 1394): Optional
IEEE802.11b (Wireless LAN): Optional
Parallel (IEEE1284: Optional): Optional
Bluetooth (Wireless): Optional
Network Protocols: TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, AppleTalk
SM 7-1 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
Printing Paper Standard tray, Optional paper tray, and bypass tray
Weight: One-sided: 52-216 g/m2 (16-55 lb)
Duplex: 60-157 g/m2 (16-43 b)
Noise Emission:
(Sound Power Level)
Mainframe Only Full System
Printing 63 dB or less 67 dB or less
Stand-by 40 dB or less 40 dB or less
NOTE: The above measurements were made in accordance with ISO9296 at the
operator position.
Dimensions (W x D x H):446 x 589.5 x 487 mm (17.4" x 23.2" x 19.2")
Weight: Less than 50 kg (110.3 lb.)
G104 7-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
*1: This size is only for the by-pass tray. The size for the main tray and OPU is 98 mm.
*2: This size is only for the main tray and by-pass tray. The size for OPU is 148 mm.
Remarks:
Y Supported: the sensor detects the paper size.
Y# Supported: the user specifies the paper size.
N Not supported
SM 7-3 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
3. SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES
The printer drivers and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM. An auto-run
installer allows you to select which components to install.
NOTE: 1) The printer drivers for Windows NT 4.0 are only for the Intel x86
platform. There is no Windows NT 4.0 printer driver for the PowerPC,
Alpha, or MIPS platforms.
2) The PS3 drivers are all genuine AdobePS drivers, except for Windows
2000, which uses Microsoft PS. A PPD file for each operating system is
provided with the driver.
3) The PS3 driver for Macintosh supports Mac OS 7.6 or later versions.
G104 7-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
4. MACHINE CONFIGURATION
Machine
Item No. Remarks
Code
Standard model
G104
(128 MB memory, no HDD)
Main Unit
High specification model
G105
(256 MB memory, HDD standard)
Options
Paper Feed Unit G392 Up to two trays unit can be installed.
Internal Options
128 MB DIMM Memory B584
256 MB DIMM Memory G818
NVRAM Memory G395
IEEE1284 I/F Board B679 Used in common with model K-C2
IEEE1394 I/F Board B581
IEEE802.11b Board G813
Bluetooth Board B736
HDD Type 4000 G395
Network Data Protection
G820
Unit Type A
Specifications
SM 7-5 G104
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
5. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Paper Feed System: Friction Pad
Paper Height Detection: 5 steps (100%, 70%, 30%, Near End and Empty)
Capacity: 550 sheets x 1 tray (80 g/m2, 20 lb)
Paper Weight: 52 to 216 g/m2 (14 to 58 lb)
Paper Size A4 / B5 / 81/2" x 11" / 81/2" x 14" (SEF)
Power Source: DC 24 V, 5 V (from the main frame)
Power Consumption: Less than 15 W
Dimension (W x D x H): 446 x 576 x 150 mm
Weight: 8.5 kg (18 lb)
G104 7-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161
G160/G161
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4. TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................. 4-1
4.1 PROCESS CONTROL RESULTS......................................................... 4-1
4.2 SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS ............................................................. 4-3
4.2.1 SUMMARY................................................................................... 4-3
4.2.2 SC CODE DESCRIPTIONS......................................................... 4-3
4.3 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE............................................................ 4-32
4.3.1 BLANK PRINT ........................................................................... 4-32
4.3.2 ALL-BLACK PRINT.................................................................... 4-32
4.3.3 MISSING CMY COLOR ............................................................. 4-32
4.3.4 LIGHT PRINT............................................................................. 4-33
4.3.5 REPEATED SPOTS OR LINES ON PRINTS ............................ 4-33
4.3.6 DARK VERTICAL LINE ON PRINTS ......................................... 4-34
4.3.7 WHITE HORIZONTAL LINES OR BANDS ................................ 4-34
4.3.8 MISSING PARTS OF IMAGES .................................................. 4-35
4.3.9 DIRTY BACKGROUND.............................................................. 4-35
4.3.10 PARTIAL CMY COLOR DOTS ................................................ 4-35
4.3.11 DARK IRREGULAR STREAKS ON PRINTS ........................... 4-35
4.3.12 CMY COLOR IRREGULAR STREAKS.................................... 4-35
4.3.13 GHOSTING.............................................................................. 4-36
4.3.14 UNFUSED OR PARTIALLY FUSED PRINTS.......................... 4-36
4.3.15 IMAGE SKEW.......................................................................... 4-36
Lithium Batteries
Incorrect replacement of lithium battery(s) on the EGB and controller board may pose risk
of explosion. Replace only with the same type or with an equivalent type recommended by
the manufacturer. Discard used batteries in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
LASER SAFETY
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based
optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a
location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a
qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field. Customer
engineers are therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or
service depot when replacement of the optical subsystem is required.
Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Optics
Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
Symbol Meaning
Refer to section number
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF Short Edge Feed
LEF Long Edge Feed
Trademarks
Microsoft®, Windows®, and MS-DOS® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
in the United States and /or other countries.
PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be
trademarks of their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with
those marks.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
The installation procedure for G160/G161 is the same as G104. For details, refer to the Quick
Installation Guide for G160/G161.
G160/G161
SM 1-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Optional Unit Installation CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
The following options are available for this machine. Refer to the Hardware Guide for how to
install these options:
Paper Tray Unit (G392)
HDD (G395)
IEEE802.11b Interface Unit (Wireless LAN: G813)
IEEE 1284 Interface Board (B679)
Bluetooth Interface Unit (B826)
Gigabit Ethernet Board (G874-01)
VM Card (G874-08)
USB Host Interface Unit (B825)
Data Overwrite Security Unit (G874-21)
PictBridge Interface (G874-19)
128 MB DIMM (B584)
256 MB DIMM (G818)
NVRAM (User account enhancement: G395)
G160/G161 1-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
The user replaces the following items if the service contract requires that the user does
some of the PM.
Item Remarks
PCU 50 KP (YMC, BK)
Transfer Belt Unit 100 KP
Waste Toner Bottle 50 KP
Maintenance Kit
Fusing Unit
Transfer Roller
100 KP
Paper Feed Roller x 3
Friction Pad x 3
Dust Filter x 2
Chart: A4 (LT), 5%
Mode: Continuously Printing
Environment: Recommended temperature and humidity
Yield changes depend on circumstances and print conditions
An error message shows when a maintenance counter gets to the value in the PM table
when the machine’s default settings are used.
It is not necessary to reset counters for each part if the technician does the PM. The
machine detects new components automatically and resets the necessary counters.
G160/G161
SM 2-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Maintenance CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 2-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
This section shows the differences between G104 and G160/G161. For other items
procedures, refer to the service manual for G104.
Turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before you perform the
procedures in this section.
G160/G161
SM 3-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Laser Optics CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Turn off the main power switch and unplug the printer before you perform the
procedures in this section. Laser beams can cause serious eye injury.
3.2.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATIONS
The caution decal is attached as shown below
Be sure to turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power plug from the
power outlet before you perform any disassembly or adjustment of the laser unit.
This printer uses a class 3B laser beam with a wavelength of 655 nm and an
output of 7 mW. The laser can cause serious eye injury.
3.2.2 LD UNIT
Replacement
Print the SMC report with SP 5990 2 before you replace the LDU.
1. Electrical board unit (see the Service Manual for G104: ‘Electrical Components –
G160/G161 3-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Optics
You must manually perform the color registration adjustment after you install the
new LDU.
When the polygon mirror motor or LDB unit is defective, only replace the defective
parts. At this time, if only the motor is changed, it is not necessary to do this
adjustment procedure.
1. Print the SMC report with SP 5990 2 before you replace the LDU. Find the values
for SP 2181 1, SP 2181 11, 2181 21, and 2181 31.
2. Perform SP 2111 2 (Pro. Position Adj > Execute) to roughly adjust the line
position after you install the new LDU. “Result = OK” shows on the LCD if this is
done correctly. If not, do it again until you get “OK”.
3. Perform SP2111 3 (Skew Adjust. > Execute) to measure the skew values for each
color. “Result = OK” shows on the LCD if this is done correctly. If not, do it again
until you get “OK”.
4. Check the skew values with SP 2181: Then write down the values. (You can also
check these if you print the SMC report again with SP 5990 2. The values will
probably be different from the values on the report that you printed in step 1.)
SP 2181 1 for black skew
SP 2181 11 for magenta
SP 2181 21 for cyan
SP 2181 31 for yellow
G160/G161
SM 3-3 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Laser Optics CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
6. Adjust the skew adjustment cam [A] for each color with a screwdriver. You must
adjust the skew values for each color until they are all the same as the value for
magenta that you found in step 1, before you replaced the LDU.
For example: If the new value for K (after step 4) is –300 and the old value for
magenta (in step 1) is –250, you must adjust the skew for K until it is –250.
Turn the cam as shown in the “Cam Rotation Direction” column below to increase
the skew value.
Turn it in the opposite direction from this to decrease the skew value.
“Adjustment value” shows the change when you turn the cam one click.
The adjustment values in the table are not exact values. These are
approximate values.
CW: Clockwise, CCW: Counter-clockwise
The diagram shows the effect on line skew [B] when you turn the cam in a
counter clockwise direction.
7. Close the left cover. Then measure the skew values again with SP 2111 3. (To do
this, repeat step 3.)
If these are close to the value for magenta that you found in step 1 (within one click
in the above table), go to the next step. If not, do SP 2111 3 again until you get a
G160/G161 3-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Optics
good result.
8. Perform SP 2111 1 to finely adjust the line position for each color.
Try SP 2111 2 if “Result = OK” does not show.
9. When you get “Result = OK”, this adjustment is completed.
G160/G161
SM 3-5 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Fusing CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
3.3 FUSING
Make sure that the fusing unit is cool before you touch it. The fusing unit can
be very hot.
Be sure to restore the insulators, shields, etc after you service the fusing
unit.
3.3.1 THERMISTOR AND THERMOSTAT
1. Front door
2. Fusing unit (see the Service Manual for G104: ‘Fusing Unit’)
4. Release the connector [B] from the fusing lower cover [C] (hook x 1).
5. Fusing lower cover [C] ( x 2)
G160/G161 3-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing
Do not remove the thermistor from the bracket when removing it. The
pressure of the thermistor plate to the fusing belt is adjusted properly in the
factory. If you remove it, some image problem may occur.
SM 3-7 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Fusing CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
8. Thermostat [F] x 2 ( x 3)
Do not recycle a thermostat that is already opened. Safety is not guaranteed if you
do this.
G160/G161 3-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Electrical Components
Before you replace the EGB (Engine Board), the controller, or the NVRAM,
print out the SMC reports (“SP Mode Data” and “Logging Data”).
After you replace the EGB (Engine Board) or the controller, remove the
NVRAM from the old board and install it on the new board. If the NVRAM on
the old board is defective, replace the NVRAM (see ‘NVRAM Replacement
Procedure’).
3.4.1 CONTROLLER BOARD
G160/G161
SM 3-9 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Electrical Components CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Remove the NVRAM from the old board. Then install it on the new board.
Keep NVRAMs away from objects that can cause static electricity. The data in
NVRAMs can be corrupted by static electricity.
Make sure the NVRAM is correctly installed on the board. A half-disk is
engraved on one side of the NVRAM, and a guide mark is on one side of the
NVRAM slot. When you install the NVRAM, the half-disk and the guide mark
must be on the same side.
3.4.2 INSTALLING THE NEW NVRAM
When the NVRAM on the controller board is detective, you must replace the detective
NVRAM with a new NVRAM.
1. Controller board (see Controller Board)
2. Remove the defective NVRAM.
3. Install the new NVRAM on the controller board.
4. Reassemble the machine.
5. Plug in and turn on the main power
6. Set the date and time with the timer setting in the UP (Maintenance < Menu ) after
installing a new controller board.
If the date and time setting is not done, the WebImage Monitor will not be
available.
G160/G161 3-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
The table below lists the process control results shown in SP 3821.
This error code does not usually occur. If no problem is observed with image
density and/or development gamma, nothing needs to be done. If an image
problem such as low image density is observed, check the following points:
SM 4-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Process Control Results CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 4-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
4.2.1 SUMMARY
1. All SCs are logged.
2. If a PCB is suspected to be the cause of a problem, first disconnect then
reconnect the connectors before you replace them.
3. If a motor is suspected to be the cause of a problem,first check the mechanical
load before you replace motors or sensors if the problem concerns a motor lock.
There are 4 levels of service call conditions.
Remove the NVRAM from the old board and install it on the new one when you
replace the EGB or the controller board.
The SC level is indicated under SC number in the list below.
The numbers (1, etc.) in the “Possible Cause/Requirement Action” column indicate the
required actions.
G160/G161
SM 4-3 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Engine SC
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Incorrect serial number
When checking the
195 Registered product number does not match
registered product number, it
[D] the printer’s product number.
does not match the printer’s
1. Ask your service key man.
product number.
Polygon motor error: Time out with the polygon motor activated
After the polygon motor turns
202 Disconnected cable from the polygon motor
on or changes the speed,
[D] drive board or defective connection
SCRDY_N is not active
Defective polygon motor or drive board
within 10 seconds.
Polygon motor error: Time out with the polygon motor inactivated
After the polygon motor turns
203 Disconnected cable from the polygon motor
off or changes the speed,
[C] drive board or defective connection
SCRDY_N is not inactive
Defective polygon motor or drive board
within 10 seconds.
Polygon motor error: XSCRDY signal error
Disconnected cable from the polygon motor
PMRDY_N signal
drive board or defective connection
204 consecutively detects that
Defective polygon motor or drive board
[C] the polygon motor is an
1. Check the connectors.
inactive state while LDB unit
2. Replace the polygon motor.
scans.
3. Replace the polygon motor drive board.
Polygon motor error: XSCRDY signal not stable
PMRDY_N signal Disconnected cable from the polygon motor
consecutively detects that drive board or defective connection
205
the polygon motor is an Defective polygon motor or drive board.
[D]
inactive state while the 1. Check the connectors.
polygon motor turns on or 2. Replace the polygon motor.
changes the speed. 3. Replace the polygon motor drive board.
Trailing edge laser detection error: [K]
210
The laser synchronizing Disconnected cable from the laser
[C]
detection signal for LDB [K] synchronizing detection unit or defective
G160/G161 4-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
of the trailing edge is not connection
detected for one second after Defective laser synchronizing detector
the LDB unit turned on when Defective LDB
detecting the main scan Defective EGB
magnification. 1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the laser-synchronizing
detector.
3. Replace the LDB.
4. Replace the EGB.
Trailing edge laser detection error: [Y]
The laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [Y]
211 of the trailing edge is not
[C] detected for one second after Same as SC 210
the LDB unit turned on when
detecting the main scan
magnification.
Trailing edge laser detection error: [M]
The laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [M]
212 of the trailing edge is not
[C] detected for one second after Same as SC 210
the LDB unit turned on when
detecting the main scan
magnification.
Trailing edge laser detection error: [C]
The laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [C]
213 of the trailing edge is not
[C] detected for one second after Same as SC 210
the LDB unit turned on when
G160/G161
SM 4-5 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Laser Synchronizing Detection Error: LDB of the leading edge [K]
Disconnected cable from the laser
synchronizing detection unit or defective
The laser synchronizing connection
detection signal for LDB [K] Defective laser synchronizing detector
220 of the leading edge is not Defective LDB
[D] output for two seconds after Defective EGB
LDB unit turns on while the 1. Check the connectors.
polygon motor is rotating 2. Replace the laser-synchronizing
normally. detector.
3. Replace the LDB.
4. Replace the EGB.
Leading edge laser detection error: [Y]
The laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [Y]
222 of the leading edge is not
[D] output for two seconds after Same as SC 221
LDB unit turns on while the
polygon motor is rotating
normally.
Leading edge laser detection error: [M]
The laser synchronizing
detection signal for LDB [M]
224 of the leading edge is not
[D] output for two seconds after Same as SC 221
LDB unit turns on while the
polygon motor is rotating
normally.
Leading edge laser detection error: [C]
The laser synchronizing
226
detection signal for LDB [C]
[D] Same as SC 221
of the leading edge is not
output for two seconds after
G160/G161 4-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
LDB unit turns on while the
polygon motor is rotating
normally.
FGATE: On error [K]
Defective connection between the controller
The PFGATE ON signal
board and EGB
230 does not assert within 5
Defective cable between the EGB and LDB
[C] seconds after processing the
1. Check the connectors.
image in normal job or
2. Replace the LDB.
MUSIC for [K] starts.
3. Replace the EGB.
FGATE: Off error [K]
The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts within 5
Defective connection between the controller
seconds after
board and EGB
231 processing the image in
Defective cable between the EGB and LDB
[C] normal job or MUSIC for
1. Check the connectors.
[K] ends.
2. Replace the LDB.
The PFGATE ON signal
3. Replace the EGB.
still asserts when the
next job starts.
FGATE: On error [Y]
The PFGATE register of
232 GAVD does not assert within
[C] 5 seconds after processing Same as SC 230
the image in normal job or
MUSIC for [Y] started.
FGATE: Off error [Y]
The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts within 5
233
seconds after
[C] Same as SC 231
processing the image in
G160/G161
SM 4-7 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts when the
next job starts.
FGATE: On error [M]
The PFGATE register of
234 GAVD does not assert within
[C] 5 seconds after processing Same as SC 230
the image in normal job or
MUSIC for [M] started.
FGATE: Off error [M]
The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts within 5
seconds after
235 processing the image in
[C] normal job or MUSIC for Same as SC 231
[M] ends.
The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts when the
next job starts.
FGATE: On error [C]
The PFGATE register of
236 GAVD does not assert within
[C] 5 seconds after processing Same as SC 230
the image in normal job or
MUSIC for [C] started.
FGATE: Off error [C]
The PFGATE ON signal
still asserts within 5
237 seconds after
[C] processing the image in Same as SC 231
normal job or MUSIC for
[C] ends.
The PFGATE ON signal
G160/G161 4-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
still asserts when the
next job starts.
LDB error [K]
The EGB detects LDB error a
240
few times consecutively Defective LDB
[D]
when LDB unit turns on after 1. Replace the LDB.
LDB initialization.
LDB error [Y]
The EGB detects LDB error a
241
few times consecutively
[D] Same as SC240
when LDB unit turns on after
LDB initialization.
LDB error [M]
The EGB detects LDB error a
242
few times consecutively
[D] Same as SC240
when LDB unit turns on after
LDB initialization.
LDB error [C]
The EGB detects LDB error a
243
few times consecutively
[D] Same as SC240
when LDB unit turns on after
LDB initialization.
LDU shutter error
Sensor output does not Sensor defective or LDU shutter motor
270
change even if 1 second defective
[D]
passes after the LDU shutter 1. Replace the LDU shutter sensor or
motor is on. shutter motor.
High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [K]
Defective charge roller
The measured voltage is not
300 Defective connectors
proper when EGB measures
[D] Disconnected harness
G160/G161
SM 4-9 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
2. Replace the PCU for black.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [M]
Defective charge roller
Defective connectors
The measured voltage is not Disconnected harness
301
proper when EGB measures Defective high voltage power 1
[D]
the charge output for each 1. Check the connectors.
color. 2. Replace the PCU for magenta.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [C]
Defective charge roller
Defective connectors
The measured voltage is not Disconnected harness
302
proper when EGB measures Defective high voltage power 1
[D]
the charge output for each 1. Check the connectors.
color. 2. Replace the PCU for cyan.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
High voltage power board: Charge voltage output error [Y]
Defective charge roller
Defective connectors
The measured voltage is not Disconnected harness
303
proper when EGB measures Defective high voltage power 1
[D]
the charge output for each 1. Check the connectors.
color. 2. Replace the PCU for yellow.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
Charge AC bias error [K]
304
The charge current less than Defective charge roller
[D]
200 µA is detected. Defective connectors
G160/G161 4-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Disconnected harness
Defective high voltage power 1
1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for black.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
Charge AC bias error [M]
Defective charge roller
Defective connectors
Disconnected harness
305
The charge current less than Defective high voltage power 1
[D]
200 µA is detected. 1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for magenta.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
Charge AC bias error [C]
Defective charge roller
Defective connectors
Disconnected harness
306
The charge current less than Defective high voltage power 1
[D]
200 µA is detected. 1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for cyan.
3. Replace the drum positioning plate.
4. Replace the high voltage power 1.
Charge AC bias error [Y]
Defective charge roller
Defective connectors
Disconnected harness
307
The charge current less than Defective high voltage power 1
[D]
200 µA is detected. 1. Check the connectors.
2. Replace the PCU for yellow.
G160/G161
SM 4-11 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Color development motor error
LOCK signal is not
detected for more than Color development motor slip due to the
two seconds while the increase of the load torque
325 motor START signal is 1. Adjust the load torque properly by
[D] on. replacing or cleaning the development
LOCK signal is not unit.
cancelled within two 2. Replace or repair the development
seconds after the motor motor if the load torque is normal.
is off.
TD sensor: Output maximum error [K]
360 Vt is more than the maximum Defective connector connection
[D] value (4.5) for three times Increasing toner density
consecutively. 1. Replace the PCU.
361 TD sensor: Output maximum error [M]
[D] Same as SC 360
362 TD sensor: Output maximum error [C]
[D] Same as SC 360
363 TD sensor: Output maximum error [Y]
[D] Same as SC 360
TD sensor: Output minimum error [K]
364 Vt is less than the minimum Defective connector connection
[D] value (0.5) for three times Decreasing toner density
consecutively. 1. Replace the PCU.
365 TD sensor Output minimum error [M]
[D] Same as SC 364
366 TD sensor: Output minimum error [C]
[D] Same as SC 364
367 TD sensor: Output minimum error [Y]
[D] Same as SC 364
TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [K]
368
Vt is less than 1 V even Defective connector connection
[D]
though the control power Defective TD sensor
G160/G161 4-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
voltage is adjusted to the The toner density in the developer is different
maximum. from the initial condition.
Vt is more than 1 V even 1. Replace the PCU.
though the control power
voltage is adjusted to the
minimum.
369 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [M]
[D] Same as SC 368
370 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [C]
[D] Same as SC 368
371 TD sensor: Initial control voltage error [Y]
[D] Same as SC 368
TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [K]
Defective connector connection
Vt is not (A ±0.2) when initial
372 Defective TD sensor
setting for TD sensor is
[D] The toner density in the developer is different
executed.
from the initial condition.
A = SP3011-001 for [K]
1. Replace the PCU.
TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [M]
Vt is not (A ±0.2) when initial
373
setting for TD sensor is
[D] Same as 372
executed.
A = SP 3011 2 for [M]
TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [C]: same as 372
Vt is not (A ±0.2) when initial
374
setting for TD sensor is
[D] Same as 372
executed.
A = SP 3011 3 for [C]
TD sensor: Initial adjustment error [Y]: same as 372
Vt is not (A ±0.2) when initial
375
setting for TD sensor is
G160/G161
SM 4-13 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Drum gear position sensor error
When receiving the input
380 Dirty or defective drum gear position sensor
signal of drum gear position
[C] 1. Clean the drum gear position sensor.
sensor is not correctly done,
2. Replace the drive unit.
SC380 is logged.
Drum motor error [K]
OPC motor slip due to the excessive load
1. Clean the PCU.
The LOCK signal is not
2. Check the cable from the Black OPC/
396 detected for 2 seconds more
Development motor. Replace it if
[D] while the start signal of the
necessary.
drum motor for black PCU is
3. Replace the EGB.
output.
4. Replace the Black OPC/Development
motor.
Drum motor error [CMY]
The LOCK signal is not
397 detected for 2 seconds more
[D] while the start signal of the Same as SC 396
drum motor for color PCU is
output.
ID sensor correction error
Defective ID sensors
400 Regular Vsp is not (4 ±0.5V)
Dirty ID sensors or transfer belt
[D] when ID sensor correction is
ID sensor life is over.
executed.
1. Replace the ID sensors.
ID sensor: LED adjustment error
LED PWM adjustment is not Defective ID sensors
418
[A] for three times Dirty ID sensors or transfer belt
[D]
consecutively. ID sensor life is over.
[A] = 50 < [A] < 400 1. Replace the ID sensors.
Transfer belt contact error
442
The transfer belt contact Dirty transfer belt contact sensor
[D]
sensor does not detect the Defective transfer belt contact motor
G160/G161 4-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
movement of actuator at the Disconnected connector of transfer belt
sensor while the polygon contact sensor or motor
motor rotates. Disconnected cable
1. Replace the transfer belt contact
sensor.
2. Replace the transfer belt contact motor.
Transfer roller contact error
Defective transfer roller contact sensor
Defective transfer roller contact motor
The transfer roller contact
Defective IOB
452 sensor does not detect the
1. Replace the transfer roller contact
[D] movement of actuator at the
sensor.
sensor while the polygon
2. Replace the transfer roller contact
motor rotates.
motor.
3. Replace the IOB.
High Voltage Power 1: High voltage output error
One of the DC bias outputs for each PCU is
shorted or one of the transfer belt bias outputs
for [Y], [M] and [C].
Power leaking
490 Defective connection
Error signal is detected for
[D] Disconnected cable
10 times consecutively.
Defective PCU
Defective High Voltage Power 1
1. Replace the High Voltage Power 1.
2. Reset the cables and components.
3. Replace the PCU.
High Voltage Power 2: High voltage output error
One of the separation bias output,
development bias output and transfer belt
491
Error signal is detected for cleaning bias output is shorted or one of the
[D]
G160/G161
10 times consecutively. transfer belt bias output for [K] and transfer
roller bias output is shorted.
Power leaking
SM 4-15 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Defective connection
Defective PCU
Defective High Voltage Power 2
1. Replace the High Voltage Power 2.
2. Reset the cables and components.
3. Replace the PCU.
Paper feed / Fusing motor error
LOCK signal is not
detected for more than
two seconds while the
531 motor START signal is
Defective paper feed/ fusing motor
[D] on.
1. Replace the paper feed/ fusing motor.
LOCK signal is not
cancelled within two
seconds after the motor
is off.
Fan motor error
The fan motor “On” signal is
not detected for the
components below after the
drum motor for black is set to Defective fan motor
532
“On”. 1. If the error occurs again, one of the fans
[D]
PSU fan is defective. Remove the covers, find
Fusing unit fan the defective fan and replace it.
Polygon motor fan
Drive unit fan
Exit paper fan
Thermistor error
541
The thermistor output is less Disconnected thermistor
[A]
than 0 °C for six seconds. Defective connector connection
Print ready temperature error
542
The heating roller Defective thermistor
[A]
temperature increase Thermistor coming off
G160/G161 4-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
that is less than 67 Incorrect power supply input at the main
degrees for 9 seconds is power socket
detected five times Defective fusing lamp
consecutively.
The fusing temperature
does not reach the print
ready temperature within
15 seconds after the
fusing lamp was
controlled.
High temperature detection: Software
543 Defective thermistor
The thermistor detects
[A] Defective I/O board
230°C for 0.2 seconds.
Defective EGB
High temperature detection: Hard
Defective thermistor
Defective I/O board
544
The thermistor detects Defective EGB
[A]
250°C. Defective fusing unit, PSU, or EGB
1. Replace the fusing unit.
2. Replace the PSU.
Heating lamp error
The fusing lamp is
545 full-powered for 8 seconds Deformed thermistor
[A] after the heating roller Thermistor coming off
reaches the print ready Defective fusing lamp
temperature.
Zero cross error
The zero cross signal is Defective fusing lamp relay
547 detected three times Defective fusing lamp relay circuit
[D] even though the heater Unstable power supply
G160/G161
SM 4-17 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
The zero cross signal is
not detected for three
seconds even though
the heater relay is on
after turning on the main
power or closing the
front door.
The detection error
occurs twice or more in
the ten zero cross signal
detections. This error is
defined when the
detected zero cross
signal is less than 17 for
200 ms.
Zero cross frequency error
The detection error occurs
ten times in a row in ten zero
cross signal detections. This
error is defined when the
557
detected zero cross signal is Noise (high frequency)
[C]
more than 28 for 200 ms. 1. Check the power supply source.
This SC is only logged. In
this case, the power
frequency is defined as 60
Hz.
Continuous paper jam at Fusing unit
The paper jam occurs three
times consecutively at the
Defective fusing entrance sensor
559 fusing unit only when the SP
Defective EGB
[A] 1159 1 is set to "1 (ON)". If
1. Replace the fusing entrance sensor.
not, this SP does not occur.
2. Replace the EGB.
The jam counter is cleared
when a sheet of paper is fed
G160/G161 4-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
normally.
Controller board command error
Loose connection
Defective controller board
687 A command from the Defective EGB
[D] controller board is not 1. Check the connection of the controller
received. board.
2. Replace the controller board.
3. Replace the EGB.
EGB data error
The data transfer in the EGB
690
is interrupted by some Defective EGB
[D]
incident (e.g. cover open 1. Replace the EGB.
etc.) during the data transfer.
Controller Error
The following table shows the controller error codes. These codes show at these times if an
error occurs:
Power-on
After the power-on self diagnostic test
Always try turning the main switch off and on and check if the problem persists.
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
636 SD Card Error
Expanded authentication module error
There is no expanded No expanded authentication module
authentication module in the Defective SD card
-001
machine. No DESS module
[B]
The SD card or the file of the 1. Install the expanded authentication
G160/G161
SM 4-19 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
There is no DESS module in 3. Install the DESS module.
the machine.
Version error
-002 The version of the expanded Incorrect module version
[B] authentication module is not 1. Install the correct file of the expanded
correct. authentication module.
Engine start-up error
670 A command from the
Defective engine board.
[D] controller board is not
1. Replace the engine board.
received.
Watchdog error
While the system program is Defective system program
818
running, no other programs Defective controller board
[B]
can run (due to a bus hold or 1. Reinstall the system program.
endless loop). 2. Replace the controller board.
819 Kernel stop
Process error
Defective RAM DIMM
[0696e] Defective controller
[B] System completely down Software error
1. Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM.
2. Replace the controller.
VM full error
Defective RAM DIMM
[0766d] Defective controller
Unexpected system memory
[B] Software error
size
1. Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM.
2. Replace the controller.
Cache error
[4361]
Defective CPU
[B] Cache error in the CPU
1. Replace the controller board.
[----] The others
[B] Error in OS Defective memory
G160/G161 4-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Defective flash memory
Defective CPU
1. Replace the controller board.
820 Self-Diagnostic Error: CPU
[0001-0015] [000A-000D]: Detailed error code
During the boot monitor
Defective CPU device
program and self-diagnostic,
Defective boot monitor program or
[B] any exception or cut-in are
self-diagnostic program
not supposed to happen. If
1. Replace the controller board.
these happen, it is defined as
2. Reinstall the system firmware.
SC.
[00FF]: Detailed error code
Defective CPU
Defective local bus
[B] Cache access error in the
1. Turn the main power switch off and on.
CPU
2. Reinstall the system program.
3. Replace the controller board.
[0601, 0602, 0605, 0606, 0607, 0609]: Detailed error code
Exceptional command does
[B] Defective CPU devices
not operate even though it is
1. Replace the controller board.
executed on purpose.
[B] [060A-060E]: Detailed error code
Defective CPU devices
Cut-in command does not
Defective ASIC devices
operate when it is executed.
1. Replace the controller board.
[0610]: Detailed error code
[B] Timer cut-in does not operate Defective CPU devices
even though it is set. 1. Replace the controller board.
[0612]: Detailed error code
Defective ASIC
[B] Defective devices in which ASIC detects
G160/G161
SM 4-21 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
[06FF]: Detailed error code
Defective CPU devices
The pipeline clock frequency
[B] Mode bit data error, which is used for
rate is different from the
initializing CPU.
prescribed value.
1. Replace the controller board.
[0702]: Detailed error code
The result when the program Insufficient CPU cache
[B] is executed in the command Insufficient memory process speed
cache is different from 1. Replace the controller board.
desirable value. 2. Replace the RAM DIMM.
[0709, 070A]: Detailed error code
Even you write the data in the Defective CPU devices
only cache of memory, the Incorrect SPD
[B]
data is actually written in Boot mode setting error
another area (not cache) of 1. Replace the controller board.
memory. 2. Replace the RAM DIMM.
[0801, 0804, 0807, 0808, 0809, 80A]: Detailed error code
[B] An error occurs when Defective CPU devices
checking the TLB. 1. Replace the controller board.
[4002-4005]: Detailed error code
[B] The calculation error in the Defective CPU
CPU occurs. 1. Replace the CPU.
821 Self-Diagnostic Error: ASIC
ASIC error
[0B00]
The write-&-verify check error Defective controller board
[B]
has occurred in the ASIC. 1. Replace the controller.
ASIC not detected
ASIC (controller board defective)
[0B06]
The ASIC of the I/O is not Poor connection between North Bridge and
[B]
detected. PCI I/F.
1. Replace controller board.
[0B10] SHM register check error
[B] Failed to initialize or could not Defective bus connection
G160/G161 4-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
read connection bus. Data in Defective SHM
SHM register incorrect. 1. Replace controller board
Timer error between ASIC and CPU
The CPU checks if the ASIC
System firmware problem
timer works properly
Defective RAM-DIMM
[0D05] compared with the CPU
Defective controller
[B] timer. If the ASIC timer does
Reinstall the controller system firmware.
not function in the specified
1. Replace the RAM-DIMM.
range, this SC code is
2. Replace the controller board.
displayed.
822 Self-Diagnostic Error: HDD
Timeout error/ [3004]: Command error
Loose connection
When the main switch is Defective HDD
[3003] turned on or starting the Defective controller
[B] self-diagnostic, the HDD 1. Check that the HDD is correctly
stays busy for the specified connected to the controller.
time or more. 2. Replace the HDD.
3. Replace the controller.
823 Self-diagnostic Error: NIB
MAC address check sum error
The result of the MAC
[6101]
address check sum does not Defective controller
[B]
match the check sum stored 1. Replace the controller.
in ROM.
PHY IC error
[6104] The PHY IC on the controller
[B] cannot be correctly Same as SC823-[6101]
recognized.
PHY IC loop-back error
[6105] An error occurred during the
G160/G161
SM 4-23 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Self-diagnostic Error: NVRAM
The controller cannot NVRAM damaged or abnormal
824
recognize the standard Backup battery has discharged
[B]
NVRAM installed or detects NVRAM socket damaged
that the NVRAM is defective. 1. Replace the NVRAM.
826 Self-diagnostic Error: RTC/Optional NVRAM
Clock error
An RTC device is
recognized, and the
RTC defective
difference between the
[1501] NVRAM without RTC installed
RTC device and the CPU
[B] Backup battery discharged
exceeds the defined
1. Replace the NVRAM with another
limit.
NVRAM with an RTC device.
No RTC device is
recognized.
RTC not detected
NVRAM without RTC installed
[15FF]
The RTC device is not Backup battery discharged
[B]
detected. 1. Replace the NVRAM with another
NVRAM with an RTC device.
827 Self-diagnostic Error: RAM
Verification error
Loose connection
Error is detected during a
[0201] Defective SDRAM DIMM
write/verify check for the
[B] Defective controller
standard RAM (SDRAM
1. Replace the SDRAM DIMM.
DIMM).
2. Replace the controller.
Resident memory error
Defective RAM DIMM
[0202] The SPD values in all RAM
Defective SPD ROM on RAM DIMM
[B] DIMM are incorrect or
Defective 12C bus
unreadable.
1. Replace the RAM DIMM.
828 Self-diagnostic Error: ROM
G160/G161 4-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Boost lap code error
The boot monitor and OS
program stored in the ROM Defective ROM DIMM
[0101]
DIMM is checked. If the Defective controller
[B]
check sum of the program is 1. Replace the ROM DIMM.
incorrect, this SC code is 2. Replace the controller.
displayed.
ROMFS error
All areas of the ROM DIMM
[0104] are checked. If the check
Defective ROM DIMM
[B] sum of all programs stored in
1. Replace the ROM DIMM.
the ROM DIMM is incorrect,
this SC code is displayed.
829 Self-diagnostic Error: Optional RAM
Verification error (Slot 1)
Not specified RAM DIMM installed
[0401] The data stored in the RAM
Defective RAM DIMM
[B] in Slot 1 does not match the
1. Replace the RAM DIMM.
data when reading.
2. Replace the controller board.
Composition error (Slot 1)
The result of checking the Not specified RAM DIMM installed
[0402] composition data of the RAM Defective RAM DIMM
in Slot 1 on the controller is 1. Replace the RAM DIMM.
incorrect. 2. Replace the controller board.
IEEE1394 interface error
Defective IEEE1394
851
The 1394 interface is Defective controller.
[B]
unusable. 1. Replace the IEEE1394 interface board.
2. Replace the controller.
Wireless LAN or Bluetooth card not detected at starting communication
853 The wireless LAN or Loose connection
G160/G161
SM 4-25 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
communication is card to its board.
established, though the
wireless LAN or Bluetooth
board is detected.
Wireless LAN or Bluetooth card not detected during operation
The wireless LAN or
Bluetooth card is not Loose connection
854
detected after communication 1. Check the connection.
[B]
is established, though the 2. Insert the wireless LAN or Bluetooth
wireless LAN or Bluetooth card to its board.
board is detected.
Wireless LAN or Bluetooth card error
Loose connection
855 An error is detected in the Defective wireless LAN or Bluetooth card
[B] wireless LAN or Bluetooth 1. Check the connection.
card. 2. Replace the wireless LAN or Bluetooth
card.
Wireless LAN or Bluetooth board error
Defective wireless LAN or Bluetooth board
856 An error is detected in the Loose connection
[B] wireless LAN or Bluetooth 1. Check the connection.
board. 2. Replace the wireless LAN or Bluetooth
board.
USB interface error
Defective USB driver
857
The USB interface cannot be Loose connection
[B]
used due to a driver error. 1. Check the connection.
2. Replace the controller.
HDD: Initialization error
HDD not initialized
860
The controller detects that Defective HDD
[B]
the hard disk fails. 1. Reformat the HDD (SP5832).
2. Replace the HDD.
G160/G161 4-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
HDD: Reboot error
Loose connection
Defective cables
Defective HDD
The HDD does not become
861 Defective controller
ready within 30 seconds after
[D] 1. Check the connection between the HDD
the power is supplied to the
and controller.
HDD.
2. Check and replace the cables.
3. Replace the HDD.
4. Replace the controller.
HDD: Read error
Defective HDD
863
The data stored in the HDD Defective controller
[D]
cannot be read correctly. 1. Replace the HDD.
2. Replace the controller.
HDD: CRC error
864 While reading data from the
Defective HDD
[D] HDD or storing data in the
1. Replace the HDD.
HDD, data transmission fails.
HDD: Access error
865 An error other than SC863
Defective HDD
[D] and SC864 is detected while
1. Replace the HDD.
operating the HDD.
SD card authentication error
866
A correct license is not found SD-card data is corrupted.
[B]
in the SD card. 1. Store correct data in the SD card.
SD card error
867 The SD card for an The SD card for an application is ejected from
[D] application is ejected from the slot.
the slot. 1. Install the SD card.
SD card access error [File system error, Device error]
G160/G161
868
SD card error occurs when Defective SD card
[D]
SD card is activated. Defective SD card controller
SM 4-27 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
1. For a file system error, format the SD
card on your PC.
2. For a device error, turn the mains switch
off and on.
3. Replace the SD card.
4. Replace the controller.
Address data error
Defective software program
Defective HDD
Incorrect path to the sever
870 An error is detected in the
1. Initialize the address book data
[B] data copied to the address
(SP5846-50).
book over a network.
2. Initialize the user information (format the
hard disk with SP5832).
3. Replace the HDD.
HDD mail data error
An error is detected in the Defective HDD
872
mail receiving data area of Power failure during an access to the HDD
[B]
the HDD at machine 1. Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-001).
initialization. 2. Replace the HDD.
HDD mail transfer error
An error is detected in the Defective HDD
873
mail transmitting data area of Power failure during an access to the HDD
[B]
the HDD at machine 1. Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-001).
initialization. 2. Replace the HDD.
Delete All error 1: HDD
An error is detected while the Not installed Data Overwrite Security Unit (SD
all data of the HDD or card)
874
NVRAM are formatted Defective HDD
[D]
physically by the Data 1. Install the Data Overwrite Security Unit
Overwrite Security Unit (B735).
(B735). 2. Replace the HDD.
875 Delete All error 2: Data area
G160/G161 4-28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
[D] An error is detected while the
all data of the HDD or
The logical format for HDD fails.
NVRAM are formatted
1. Turn the main switch off/on and try the
logically by the Data
operation again.
Overwrite Security Unit
(B735).
876 Log Data Error
Log Data Error 1
An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during
001
machine operation. This can be caused by switching the machine off while it
[D]
is operating.
1. Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 2
002 The DESS module is not installed when the DESS module is set to ON.
[D] 1. Replace the DESS module.
2. Turn off the DESS module function.
Log Data Error 3
003 Invalid encryption key log due to defective NVRAM data
[D] 1. Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
2. Disable the log encryption setting.
Log Data Error 4
004
Unusual encryption function log due to the defective NVRAM data
[D]
1. Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 5
005 NVRAM or HDD, which is used in other machine, is installed.
[D] 1. Reinstall the previous NVRAM or HDD.
2. Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 99
099
Other than above causes
[D]
1. Ask your supervisor.
HDD Data Overwrite Security SD card error
G160/G161
877
The all delete cannot be Defective SD card (B735)
[B]
executed even though the Not installed SD card (B735)
SM 4-29 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Call Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
Data Overwrite Security Unit 1. Replace the NVRAM and then install the
(B735) is installed and new SD card (B735).
activated. 2. Check and reinstall the SD card (B735).
Electric counter error
Defective NVRAM
Defective controller
900 1. Turn the main switch off and on.
Abnormal data is stored in
[D] 2. Check the connection between the
the counters.
NVRAM and controller.
3. Replace the NVRAM.
4. Replace the controller.
Printer function error
Turn the main switch off/on, or install Printer
920 The error that causes the
Application firmware
[B] malfunction in the software
Unexpected hardware structure (insufficient
application is detected.
memory or hard disk space.)
Printer font error
No font is detected in the
921
machines that have the font Install the System, Printer Application, NIB,
[B]
in the SD card when the and Web System firmware.
printer application is run.
Software performance error 1
Defective software
Defective controller
990
The software makes an Software error
[D]
unexpected operation. 1. Reinstall the controller and/or engine
main firmware.
2. See the Note at the end of the SC table.
Software performance error 2
Unexpected software error The machine does not stop and the SC code is not
991
detected, which does not displayed. The machine automatically recovers.
[C]
affect operation of the However, the SC code is logged in the engine
machine summary sheet (SMC).
G160/G161 4-30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Conditions
SC
Symptom Possible Cause/Required Action
[Level]
SC not defined
992
SC that is not controlled in
[D] Defective system software
the system occurs.
Application start error
Loose connection of RAM, DIMM and SD card
in slot 1
Defective controller
998 No applications start within
Software problem
[D] 60 seconds after the power is
1. Check if the RAM, DIMM and SD card in
turned on.
slot 1 are properly connected.
2. Reinstall the controller system firmware.
3. Replace the controller.
SM 4-31 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Troubleshooting Guide CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Remove the NVRAM from the original engine control board and install it on the
new one when you replace the engine control board.
4.3.1 BLANK PRINT
Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions
Defective LDU Replace the LDU.
Defective PCU Replace the PCU.
Defective transfer belt unit Replace the transfer belt unit.
Incorrect action of transfer Check the guide and the
No image is printed. roller transfer roller.
Defective high voltage supply Replace high voltage supply
board board 1 or 2.
Replace the engine board
Defective engine board (EGB)
(EGB).
G160/G161 4-32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Troubleshooting Guide
SM 4-33 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Troubleshooting Guide CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 4-34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Troubleshooting Guide
SM 4-35 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Troubleshooting Guide CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
4.3.13 GHOSTING
Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions
The same or similar image Defective PCU Replace the PCU.
appears two or more times.
Defective transfer unit Replace the transfer unit.
They get weaker and weaker.
G160/G161 4-36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Troubleshooting Guide
SM 4-37 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Electrical Component DefectsCÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
4.4.1 SENSORS
Sensor Name/ CN No./
No. Active Condition Symptom
Sensor Board Name Pin No.
Color Drum Gear Open
1 H CN222/2 SC380
Position Sensor Shorted
Black Drum Gear Open
2 H CN222/5 SC380
Position Sensor Shorted
Toner end cannot be
Toner End Sensor (K) CN222/8 Open
detected.
Toner End Sensor (M) CN230/13
3 L Toner end is detected
Toner End Sensor (C) CN230/26
Shorted even if there is enough
Toner End Sensor (Y) CN230/29
toner.
Transfer Belt Contact Open
4 H CN222/11 SC442
Sensor Shorted
Transfer Roller Open
5 L CN222/14 SC452
Contact Sensor Shorted
TD Sensor (K) CN222/20 Open SC368 (K)
TD Sensor (M) CN225/4 SC369 (M)
6 A
TD Sensor (C) CN230/4 Shorted SC370 (C)
TD Sensor (Y) CN230/20 SC371 (Y)
Open Automatic line position
adjustment error:
Transfer belt unit
8 Transfer Belt Rotation L CN222/27
Shorted speed cannot be
detected, causing
image skew.
“Close Front/Left
Open
Cover” is displayed.
10 Front Door Sensor H CN206/1
Front cover open
Shorted
cannot be detected.
Waste Toner Overflow Waste Toner near full
11 H CN230/10 Open
Sensor is indicated.
G160/G161 4-38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADAElectrical Component Defects
SM 4-39 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Electrical Component DefectsCÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 4-40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADAElectrical Component Defects
SM 4-41 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Blown Fuse Conditions CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
4.5.2 IOB
Fuse Rating Symptom when turning on the main switch
FU1 1A SC270 is displayed.
FU2 3.15A Toners are not supplied.
FU3 3.15A Optional Paper Tray Unit dose not work.
G160/G161 4-42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LEDs
4.6 LEDS
4.6.1 CONTROLLER
G160/G161
SM 4-43 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES
This machine has SSP mode, which is restricted for supervisor use only. However,
most of them are also used for the factory adjustments. Do not change those SSP
settings unless it is indicated to do so by the service manual.
5.1.1 SERVICE MODE OPERATION
The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only, so that they
can properly maintain product quality. If this mode is used by anyone other than
service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted or settings might be
changed. In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed.
If you switch the machine off, any jobs stored on the hard disk using the sample
G160/G161
SM 5-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Program Mode CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Method: Press the “Up/Down arrow” keys together for about 5 seconds, and then press
the “OK” key.
“SYSTEMver x.xx/ 1. Service” appears on the display.
The machine automatically goes off line when you enter the service mode.
To make the settings effective, turn the main switch off and on after exiting service
mode.
5.1.2 REMARKS
Display on the Control Panel Screen
Since the maximum number of characters which can be displayed on the control panel
screen is limited (12 or 17 characters), the description of SP modes displayed on the
screen needs to be abbreviated. The following are the major abbreviations used for the SP
modes for which the full description is over 12 or 17 characters.
1. Paper Type
N: Plain paper 1, N2 or Normal 2: Plain paper 2 (plain & recycled)
TC: Thick paper, Thick 1: Thick paper 1, Thick 2: Thick paper 2
TN: Thin paper
SP: Special paper
2. Color Mode [Color]
G160/G161 5-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Program Mode
4. Count Unit
R: Rotation
S: Prints
5. Environment
LL: Low temperature and Low humidity
ML: Medium temperature and Low humidity
MM: Medium temperature and Medium humidity
MH: Medium temperature and High humidity
G160/G161
SM 5-3 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Program Mode CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
FA: Factory setting (Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only - Do not touch the SP mode in the field.
“P” in the right hand side of the mode number column means that this SP mode relates to
the Printer Controller. If “P” is not in the column, this SP mode relates to the Printer Engine.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch
must be turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is
stored in the NVRAM (Engine and Printer Controller). If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode
will be reset to the default value. “EGB”, “CTL” and “NV” indicate which NVRAM contains
the data.
EGB: NVRAM on the EGB board
CTL: NVRAM on the controller board
NV: NVRAM on the NVRAM expansion board (user account enhancement kit)
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the
following manner.
[ Adjustable range / Default setting / Step ] Alphanumeric
If “Alphanumeric” is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting
of the SP mode is displayed on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead
of only numbers. However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are
explained by using only the numbers.
5.1.3 BIT SWITCH PROGRAMMING
Do not change the bit switches unless you are told to do this by the manufacturer.
1. Start the SP mode. Select the “Service” menu with " / " keys.
2. Press the "OK" key three times.
3. To select a bit switch, press the " / " keys.
4. Push the OK key.
5. Set the value with these keys:
[Left] [Right]: Moves the cursor to one of the adjacent bits.
[Up] [Down]: Changes a bit between "0" and "1".
[Escape]: Goes out of the program without saving changes.
[OK]: Goes out of the program and saves changes.
The digit at the left [A] is bit 7 and the digit at the right [B] is bit 0.
G160/G161 5-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Program Mode
6. Push the "Escape" key one or more times until the menu “SP mode (Service)” is
shown.
7. Select “End” and push the OK key.
G160/G161
SM 5-5 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1: Disabled
Bit 4 to 7: Not used. Do not change the settings.
1001 006 Bit Switch 6 *CTL
1001 007 Bit Switch 7 *CTL Adjusts bit switch settings. DFU
1001 008 Bit Switch 8 *CTL
1101 [ToneCtlSet]
1101 001 Tone (Factory) *CTL Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be
1101 2 Tone (Prev.) *CTL either a) the factory setting, b) the previous
1101 3 Tone (Current) *CTL setting, or c) the current setting.
G160/G161
[ToneCtlSet] *CTL
1102
Sets the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment. The
SM 5-7 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
1103 [PrnColorSheet]
1103 001 ToneCtlSheet Prints the test page to check the color balance
1103 002 ColorChart before and after the gamma adjustment.
[ToneCtlValue]
1104
Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the Mode Selection menu.
1104 001 Set Black 1 *CTL
1104 021 Set Cyan 1 *CTL
[0 to 255 / 16 / 1/step]
1104 041 Set Magenta 1 *CTL
1104 061 Set Yellow 1 *CTL
1104 002 Set Black 2 *CTL
1104 022 Set Cyan 2 *CTL
[0 to 255 / 32 / 1/step]
1104 042 Set Magenta 2 *CTL
1104 062 Set Yellow 2 *CTL
1104 003 Set Black 3 *CTL
1104 023 Set Cyan 3 *CTL
[0 to 255 / 48 / 1/step]
1104 043 Set Magenta 3 *CTL
1104 063 Set Yellow 3 *CTL
1104 004 Set Black 4 *CTL
1104 024 Set Cyan 4 *CTL
[0 to 255 / 64 / 1/step]
1104 044 Set Magenta 4 *CTL
1104 064 Set Yellow 4 *CTL
1104 005 Set Black 5 *CTL
1104 025 Set Cyan 5 *CTL
[0 to 255 / 80 / 1/step]
1104 045 Set Magenta 5 *CTL
1104 065 Set Yellow 5 *CTL
G160/G161 5-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-9 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[ToneCtlSave]
Saves the print gamma (adjusted with the Gamma Adj.) as the new Current
1105 Setting. Before the machine stores the new “current setting”, it moves the data
stored as the “current setting” to the “previous setting” memory-storage
location.
G160/G161 5-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1001 026 Tray 1: Thin: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 027 Tray 1: Special *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
SM 5-11 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
1001 028 Tray 2: Normal 2: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 029 Tray 2: Normal 2: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 030 Tray 2: Thick 2 *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 031 Tray 2: Thin: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 032 Tray 2: Thin: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 033 Tray 2: Special *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 034 Tray 3: Normal 2: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 035 Tray 3: Normal 2: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 036 Tray 3: Thick 2 *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 037 Tray 3: Thin: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 038 Tray 3: Thin: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 039 Tray 3: Special *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 040 By-pass: N2: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 041 By-pass: N2: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 042 By-pass: Thick 2 *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 043 By-pass: Thin: LS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 044 By-pass: Thin: RS *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1001 045 By-pass: Special *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
G160/G161 5-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1003 004 Tray 1: OHP *EGB [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1003 005 Tray 2: Normal: LS *EGB
1003 006 Tray 2: Normal: RS *EGB
1003 007 Tray 2: Thick *EGB
1003 008 Tray 2: OHP *EGB
1003 009 Tray 3: Normal: LS *EGB
1003 010 Tray 3: Normal: RS *EGB
1003 011 Tray 3: Thick *EGB
1003 012 Tray 3: OHP *EGB
1003 013 By-pass: N:LS *EGB
1003 014 By-pass: N:RS *EGB
1003 015 By-pass: Thick *EGB
1003 016 By-pass: OHP *EGB
1003 017 Duplex: Normal: LS *EGB
1003 018 Duplex: Normal: RS *EGB
1003 019 Duplex: Thick *EGB
1003 020 Duplex: N2: LS *EGB
1003 021 Duplex: N2: RS *EGB
1003 022 Tray 1: Normal 2: LS *EGB
1003 023 Tray 1: Normal 2: RS *EGB
1003 024 Tray 1: Thick 2 *EGB
1003 025 Tray 1: Thin: LS *EGB
1003 026 Tray 1: Thin: RS *EGB
1003 027 Tray 1: Special *EGB
1003 028 Tray 2: Normal 2: LS *EGB
1003 029 Tray 2: Normal 2: RS *EGB
1003 030 Tray 2: Thick 2 *EGB
1003 031 Tray 2: Thin: LS *EGB
1003 032 Tray 2: Thin: RS *EGB
1003 033 Tray 2: Special *EGB
1003 034 Tray 3: Normal 2: LS *EGB
1003 035 Tray 3: Normal 2: RS *EGB
G160/G161
SM 5-13 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1004 013 Duplex: LS: Add *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 014 Duplex: RS: Add *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 015 Duplex: LS *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / P2a: -0.36, P2b: 0.41 /
0.01%/step]
[-4.00 to 4.00 / P2a: -0.36, P2b: 1.21 /
1004 016 Duplex: RS *EGB
0.01%/step]
1004 017 Reverse: LS: CW *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 018 Reverse: RS: CW *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 1.4 / 0.01%/step]
1004 019 Reverse: LS: CCW *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 020 Reverse: RS: CCW *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 021 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
motor speed.
1004 022 DEV / OPC [K]: RS: N2 *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 023 DEV [CMY]: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the color development motor speed.
1004 024 DEV [CMY]: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 025 OPC [CMY]: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
1004 026 OPC [CMY]: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
1004 027 Fusing: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
speed.
1004 028 Fusing: RS: N2 *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
1004 029 Trans. Belt: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
1004 030 Trans. Belt: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 031 PFU: LS: Normal 2 *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
optional paper tray unit.
1004 032 PFU: RS: Normal 2 *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
1004 033 Duplex: LS: Add: N2 *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 034 Duplex: RS: Add: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 035 Duplex: LS: N2 *EGB Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 036 Duplex: RS: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
1004 037 Reverse: LS: CW: N2 *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 038 Reverse: RS: CW: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
G160/G161
1004 039 Rever.: LS: CCW: N2 *EGB Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 040 Rever.: RS: CCW: N2 *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 041 DEV / OPC [K]: LS: TC *EGB Adjusts the black development and OPC
SM 5-15 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the color development motor speed.
1004 042 DEV [CMY]: LS: TC *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
1004 043 OPC [CMY]: LS: TC *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
1004 044 Fusing: LS: Thick *EGB speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
1004 045 Trans. Belt: LS: TC *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
1004 046 PFU: LS: Thick *EGB optional paper tray unit.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.14 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 047 Duplex: LS: Add: TC *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the duplex motor speed.
1004 048 Duplex: LS: Thick *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -0.36 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 049 Reverse: LS: CW: TC *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the inverter motor speed.
1004 050 Rever.: LS: CCW: TC *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the black development and OPC
1004 051 DEV / OPC [K] LS:TC2 *EGB motor speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the color development motor speed.
1004 052 DEV [CMY]: LS: TC2 *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the color OPC motor speed.
1004 053 OPC [CMY]: LS: TC2 *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / -1.35 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the paper exit and fusing motor
1004 054 Fusing: LS: TC 2 *EGB speed.
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.6 / 0.01%/step]
Adjusts the transfer belt motor speed.
1004 055 T. Belt: LS: TC 2 *EGB
[-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 056 PFU: LS: Thick 2 *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
G160/G161 5-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1004 074 Trans. Belt: RS: TN *EGB [-4.00 to 4.00 / 0.0 / 0.01%/step]
1004 075 PFU: LS: Thin *EGB Adjusts the speed of the feed motor in the
SM 5-17 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1105 Paper Type -> N: Plain paper 1, N2: Plain paper 2, TC: Thick, TN: Thin, SP:
Special, OHP, ENV: Envelope, GL: Glossy paper, TK2: Thick paper 2
Mode -> Simple [one-sided] or Duplex
SM 5-19 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1105 059 TN: Duplex: [K]: LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 135 / 1°C/step]
1105 060 TN: Duplex: [K] RS *EGB [120 to 180 / 150 / 1°C/step]
1105 061 TN: Simple: [FC] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 135 / 1°C/step]
1105 062 TN: Simple: [FC] RS *EGB [120 to 180 / 150 / 1°C/step]
1105 063 TN: Duplex: [FC] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 135 / 1°C/step]
1105 064 TN: Duplex: [FC] RS *EGB [120 to 180 / 150 / 1°C/step]
1105 065 SP1: Simple: [K] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 165 / 1°C/step]
1105 067 SP1: Duplex: [K] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 165 / 1°C/step]
1105 069 SP1: Simp.: [FC] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 165 / 1°C/step]
1105 071 SP1: Dupl.: [FC] LS *EGB [120 to 180 / 165 / 1°C/step]
1105 073 ENV: Simple: [K] RS *EGB
[120 to 180 / 170 / 1°C/step]
1105 074 ENV: Simple: [FC] RS *EGB
1105 075 GL: Simple: [K] LS *EGB
[120 to 180 / 155 / 1°C/step]
1105 076 GL: Duplex: [K] LS *EGB
1105 077 GL: Simple: [FC] LS *EGB
[120 to 180 / 155 / 1°C/step]
1105 078 GL: Duplex: [FC] LS *EGB
1105 089 OHP: [K]: LS *EGB
[120 to 180 / 160 / 1°C/step]
1105 090 OHP: [FC]: LS *EGB
1105 091 TK2: Duplex: [K] *EGB
[120 to 180 / 150 / 1°C/step]
1105 092 TK2: Duplex: [FC] *EGB
0: OFF
1: ON
SM 5-21 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Print Speed Ctl] Print Speed Control for small paper sizes (A5 or smaller)
(Sheets of paper, Interval time or Temperature, Process Speed)
1911 Simple [one-sided] or Duplex
Process Speed -> LS: Low speed, RS: Regular speed
See section 6 for more about these SPs.
1911 001 PPM Down: RS: S *EGB The print speed (PPM) is reduced after the
machine has printed this number of pages
1911 002 PPM Down: LS: S *EGB continuously.
[0 to 99 / 15 / 1 sheet/step]
The print speed goes back to the normal
1911 003 PPM Down Inter. *EGB speed after this interval.
[0 to 255 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
The temperature is decreased by this
amount to prevent overheating the fusing
1911 004 S-size Temp. 1 *EGB
unit for small size paper.
[0 to 200 / 2 / 1°C/step]
1911 006 S-size Temp. 2 *EGB
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1°C/step]]
1911 008 S-size Temp. 3 *EGB
These SPs control when the above
1911 014 S-size Temp.: S1 *EGB temperature reductions are done.
[0 to 255 / P2a: 30, P2b: 25 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 016 S-size Temp.: S2 *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a: 20, P2b: 10 / 1 sheet/step]
1911 018 S-size Temp.: S3 *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a: 50, P2b: 15 / 1 sheet/step]
This SP controls when the temperature
1911 020 Simple Temp. 3 *EGB reduction of SP1911-022 is done.
[0 to 500 / P2a: 0, P2b: 15 / 1 sheet/step]
Adjusts the temperature reduction for
1911 021 Simple Temp. 1 *EGB one-sided printing.
[0 to 200 / 2 / 1°C/step]]
Adjusts the temperature reduction 2 for
1911 022 Simple Temp. 2 *EGB one-sided printing.
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1°C/step]]
This SP keeps the target print temperature
1911 023 Simple Temp.:S1 *EGB for specified printouts with this SP.
[0 to 500 / 100 / 1 sheet/step]
G160/G161 5-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
1912 002 Adjusts the speed of the fusing-unit rollers during fusing idling.
0: 1/3 regular speed, 1: Low speed, 2: Regular speed
SM 5-23 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
0: OFF, 1: ON
Turns on or off the rotation speed switching of the pre-rotation in MM/HH
condition.
When the "ON" is set, pre-rotation speed is the one-third of normal speed.
[0 to 30 / 4 / 1°C/step]
1917 003 H: Rotat. Time Dec. *EGB Adjusts the rotation time decrease at high
SM 5-25 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
temperature.
[-120 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Adjusts the temperature decrease for plain
1917 004 N1: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB paper 1 at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1°C/step]
Adjusts the temperature increase for plain
1917 005 N1: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB paper 1 at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / 10 / 1°C/step]
Adjusts the rotation time increase at low
1917 006 L: Rotat. Time Inc. *EGB temperature.
[0 to 120 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Sets the threshold temperature detected as
1917 007 H: Standard Temp. *EGB high temperature.
[25 to 40 / 30 / 1°C/step]
Sets the threshold temperature detected as
1917 008 L: Standard Temp. *EGB low temperature.
[-15 to 30 / 18 / 1°C/step]
Adjusts the rotation time decrease at low
1917 09 L: Rotation Dec. *EGB temperature.
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
Adjusts the temperature decrease for plain
1917 010 N2: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB paper 2 at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Adjusts the temperature increase for plain
1917 011 N2: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB paper 2 at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / P2a: 10, P2b: 13 / 1°C/step]
Adjusts the temperature decrease for thin
1917 012 TN: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB paper at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Adjusts the temperature increase for thin
1917 013 TN: L: Temp. Inc. *EGB paper at low temperature.
[0 to 30 / P2a: 7, P2b: 10 / 1°C/step]
Adjusts the temperature decrease for thick
1917 014 TC1: H: Temp. Dec. *EGB paper 1 at high temperature.
[-50 to 0 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
G160/G161 5-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-27 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SP2-XXX (Drum)
[Color Regist.] Color Registration Correction
([Color], M: Main scan, S: Sub scan)
You can adjust these SPs if the color registration is not good after the Line
2101 Position Adjustment (also known as ‘MUSIC’) is done. The [K] value (-001) is
the standard value in the main scan adjustment. The values other than [k]
value are added to [K] value. So, [K] value normally does not need to be
adjusted in the main scan adjustment.
2101 001 [K]: M Regist. Dot *EGB
Adjusts the side edge registration by a dot
2101 002 [M]: M Regist. Dot *EGB
for each mode.
2101 003 [C]: M Regist. Dot *EGB
[-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
2101 004 [Y]: M Regist. Dot *EGB
2101 005 [K]: M Reg. SubD *EGB
Adjusts the side edge registration by 1/16
2101 006 [K-M]: M Reg. SubD *EGB
dot.
2101 007 [K-C]: M Reg. SubD *EGB
[-15 to 15 / 0 / 1/16dot/step]
2101 008 [K-Y]: M Reg. SubD *EGB
2101 013 [K-M]: S Reg. 600 *EGB
2101 014 [K-C]: S Reg. 600 *EGB
2101 015 [K-Y]: S Reg. 600 *EGB
[-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2101 016 [K-M]: S Reg. 1200 *EGB
2101 017 [K-C]: S Reg. 1200 *EGB
2101 018 [K-Y]: S Reg. 1200 *EGB
G160/G161 5-28 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
Lead Ed: Leading Edge, Trail. Ed: Trailing Edge, Left/Right Ed: Left/ Right
Edge
Adds this value to the leading edge erase
2103 001 Lead Ed. Width *EGB margin position in the sub scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 71 / 1 line/step]
Adds this value to the trailing edge erase
2103 002 Trail. Ed. Width *EGB margin position in the sub scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 71 / 1 line/step]
Adds this value to the left edge erase margin
2103 003 Left Ed. Width *EGB position in the main scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 47 / 1 dot/step]
Adds this value to the right edge erase
2103 004 Right Ed. Width *EGB margin position in the main scan direction.
[-127 to 127 / 47 / 1 dot/step]
Adds this value to the leading edge erase
margin position in the sub scan direction for
2103 005 Lead Ed.Width/SP1 *EGB
special paper or thin paper.
[-127 to 127 / 95 / 1 line/step]
SM 5-29 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-30 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-31 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-32 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-33 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-34 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2153 [MUSIC Setting] Timing for Automatic Line Position Adjustment (MUSIC)
Enables or disables the automatic line
position adjustment. If this SP is 0, the
2153 001 Auto Execution *EGB adjustment is never done.
G160/G161
[0 or 1 / 1 / -] Alphanumeric
0: Off, 1: On
SM 5-35 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-36 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-37 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-38 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-39 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-40 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2204 004 Environ. : HH: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a: 106, P2b: 191 / 1%/step]
2204 006 Environ. : H: [K] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 106, P2b: 197 / 1%/step]
2204 007 Environ. : H: [M] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 106, P2b: 197/ 1%/step]
2204 008 Environ. : H: [C] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 106, P2b: 190 / 1%/step]
2204 009 Environ. : H: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 104, P2b: 183 / 1%/step]
2204 011 Environ. : MM: [K] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 101, P2b: 187 / 1%/step]
2204 012 Environ. : MM: [M] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 101, P2b: 179 / 1%/step]
2204 013 Environ. : MM: [C] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 100, P2b: 179 / 1%/step]
2204 014 Environ. : MM: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 100, P2b: 176 / 1%/step]
2204 016 Environ. : L: [K] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 105, P2b: 196 / 1%/step]
2204 017 Environ. : L: [M] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 104, P2b: 184 / 1%/step]
2204 018 Environ. : L: [C] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 103, P2b: 184 / 1%/step]
2204 019 Environ. : L: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 105, P2b: 185 / 1%/step]
2204 021 Environ. : LL: [K] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 110, P2b: 202 / 1%/step]
2204 022 Environ. : LL: [M] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 109, P2b: 194 / 1%/step]
2204 023 Environ. : LL: [C] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 110, P2b: 195 / 1%/step]
2204 024 Environ. : LL: [Y] *EGB [0 to 255 / P2a 109, P2b: 190 / 1%/step]
SM 5-41 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-42 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-43 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Normal: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area of plain paper 1 in B/W mode
2402 (Process Speed, Paper Side, Unit) Process Speed -> RS: Regular speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2402 007 RS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 25.0, P2b: 18.3/15.5 (NA/EU) /
0.1 -µA/step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2402 008 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[0 to 60 / P2a 20.0/15.0 (NA/EU), P2b:
2402 012 RS: 2nd: T. Roll2 *EGB
18.3/15.5 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
2402 013 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
G160/G161 5-44 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Normal: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area of plain paper 1 in B/W mode
2403
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> LS: Low speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2403 007 LS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 15.0/17.5 (NA/EU), P2b:
15.3/12.5 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2403 008 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[0 to 60 / P2a 15.0/12.5 (NA/EU), P2b:
2403 012 LS: 2nd: T. Roll2 *EGB
15.3/12.5 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
2403 013 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
image area of plain paper 1 in color mode
2407
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> RS: Regular speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2407 013 RS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 27.5/25.0 (NA/EU), P2b:
30.2/27.3 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2407 014 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[0 to 60 / P2a 25.0/27.5 (NA/EU), P2b:
2407 021 RS: 2nd: T. Roll2 *EGB
25.5/30.2 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
2407 022 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
image area of plain paper 1 in color mode
2408
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> LS: Low speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2408 013 LS: 1st: T. Roll2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 20.0/17.5 (NA/EU), P2b: 21.3
G160/G161
SM 5-45 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Normal:[K]:LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
leading edge area of plain paper 1 in B/W mode
2421
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2421 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2421 007 T.Roll2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2421 012 T.Roll2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, plain paper 1
2422
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal LE: Leading Edge
2422 002 T. Roll 2: N: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2422 003 Separation: N: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
trailing edge area of plain paper 1 in B/W mode
2423
Paper side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2423 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2423 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2423 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, plain paper 1
2424
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal, Edge ->TE: Trailing Edge
2424 002 T. Roll 2: N: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2424 003 Separation: N: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2426
leading edge area of plain paper 1 in color mode
G160/G161 5-46 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Normal: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2428
trailing edge area of plain paper 1 in color mode
2428 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2428 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2428 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Normal2: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
image area of plain paper 2 in B/W mode
2432 (Process Speed, Paper Side, Unit) Process Speed -> RS: Regular speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2432 007 RS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 17.5, P2b: 15.5/15.3 (NA/EU) /
0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2432 008 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2432 012 RS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 15.0, P2b: 15.3 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2432 013 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal2: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
image area of plain paper 2 in B/W mode
2433
(Process Speed, Paper Side) Process Speed -> LS: Low speed,
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2433 007 LS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 11.0, P2b: 10.0/12.3 (NA/EU) /
0.1 -µA /step]
G160/G161
SM 5-47 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Normal2: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2437 image area of plain paper 2 in color mode
(Process Speed, Paper Side) RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2437 013 RS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 20.0, P2b: 24.3/18.3 (NA/EU) /
0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2437 014 RS: 1st: Separa. *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[0 to 60 / P2a 20.0/22.5 (NA/EU), P2b:
2437 021 RS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB
19.5/21.3 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
2437 022 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal2: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2438 image area of plain paper 2 in color mode
(Process Speed, Paper Side) LS: Low Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2438 013 LS: 1st: T. Roll 2 *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 12.5/15.0 (NA/EU), P2b: 12.3 /
0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2438 014 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[0 to 60 / P2a 15.0/20.0 (NA/EU), P2b:
2438 021 LS: 2nd: T. Roll 2 *EGB
13.5/15.3 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
2438 022 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Normal2:[K]:LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
leading edge area of plain paper 2 in B/W mode
2451
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2451 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2451 007 Trans.Roll2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
2451 012 Trans.Roll2: 2nd *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
G160/G161 5-48 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, plain paper 2
2452
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal, LE: Leading Edge
2452 002 T. Roll 2: N2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2452 003 Separation: N2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal2: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
trailing edge area of plain paper 2 in B/W mode
2453
Paper side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separation: Discharge plate (paper separation)
2453 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2453 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2453 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, plain paper 2
2454
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> N: Normal, TE: Trailing Edge
2454 002 T. Roll 2: N2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2454 003 Separation: N2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Normal2:[FC]:LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2456 leading edge area of plain paper 2 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2456 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2456 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2456 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Normal2:[FC]:TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2458 trailing edge area of plain paper 2 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
G160/G161
SM 5-49 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Spec1:[K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the leading
2462 edge area of special paper 1 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
[0 to 100 / P2a 22.5, P2b: 15.5 / 0.1 – A
2462 007 RS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB
/step]
2462 008 RS: 1st:Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
2462 012 RS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB [0 to 100 / 25.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2462 013 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[Spec1:[K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the trailing
2463 edge area of special paper 1 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
[0 to 100 / P2a 15.0, P2b: 12.5 / 0.1 -µA
2463 007 LS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB
/step]
2463 008 LS: 1st:Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
2463 012 LS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB [0 to 100 / 20.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2463 013 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[Spec1:[FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the leading
2467 edge area of special paper 1 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
[0 to 100 / P2a 22.5, P2b: 18.5 / 0.1 -µA
2467 013 RS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB
/step]
2467 014 RS: 1st:Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[0 to 100 / P2a 35.0, P2b: 30.0 / 0.1 -µA
2467 021 RS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB
/step]
2467 022 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[Spec1:[FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the trailing
2468 edge area of special paper 1 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
[0 to 100 / P2a 12.5, P2b: 17.5 / 0.1 -µA
2468 013 LS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB
/step]
G160/G161 5-50 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Glossy2:[K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2472 leading edge area of glossy paper 2 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
[0 to 100 / P2a 15.0, P2b: 12.5 / 0.1 -µA
2472 007 RS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB
/step]
2472 008 RS: 1st:Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
2472 012 RS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB [0 to 100 / 13.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2472 013 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[Glossy2:[K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2473 trailing edge area of glossy paper 2 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2473 007 LS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB [0 to 100 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2473 008 LS: 1st:Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[0 to 100 / P2a 11.2, P2b: 10.0 / 0.1
2473 012 LS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB
-µA/step]
2473 013 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[Glossy2:[FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2477 leading edge area of glossy paper 2 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2477 013 RS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB [0 to 100 / 15.0 / 0.1 -µA/step]
2477 014 RS: 1st:Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[0 to 100 / P2a 17.5, P2b: 15.0 / 0.1
2477 021 RS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB
-µA/step]
2477 022 RS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
G160/G161
SM 5-51 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Glossy2:[FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2478 trailing edge area of glossy paper 2 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2478 013 LS: 1st: T.Roll2 *EGB [0 to 100 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2478 014 LS: 1st: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
[0 to 100 / P2a 13.5, P2b: 10.0 / 0.1
2478 021 LS: 2nd: T.Roll2 *EGB
-µA/step]
2478 022 LS: 2nd: Separa. *EGB [0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -kV/step]
G160/G161 5-52 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Thick: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
area of thick paper 1 in B/W mode
2501
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2501 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB
[0 to 60 / P2a 10.0, P2b: 9.2 / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2501 008 Separation: 1st *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
2501 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB [0 to 60 / P2a 12.5, P2b: 12.3 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2501 013 Separation: 2nd *EGB [0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
G160/G161
[Thick: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2506
area of thick paper 1 in color mode
SM 5-53 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Thick: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2521 for the leading edge area of thick paper 1 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2521 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2521 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2521 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, thick paper 1
2522
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC: Thick, LE: Leading Edge
2522 002 T. Roll 2: Thick: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2522 003 Separation: TC: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Thick: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2523 for the trailing edge area of thick paper 1 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2523 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2523 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2523 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, thick paper 1
2524
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC: Thick, TE: Trailing Edge
2524 002 T. Roll 2: Thick: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2524 003 Separation: TC: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
G160/G161 5-54 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Thick: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2526 for the leading edge area of thick paper 1 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2526 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2526 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2526 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Thick: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2528 for the trailing edge area of thick paper 1 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2528 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2528 007 T. Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2528 012 T. Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Thick2: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2531 area of thick paper 2 in B/W mode
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2531 007 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB
[0 to 60 / P2a 10.0, P2b: 9.2 / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2531 008 Separation *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thick2: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2536
area of thick paper 2 in color mode
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2536 013 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB
[0 to 60 / P2a 12.5, P2b: 12.3 / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2536 014 Separation *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thick2: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2551
for the leading edge area of thick paper 2 in B/W mode
G160/G161
SM 5-55 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, thick paper 2
2552
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC2: Thick 2, LE: Leading Edge
2552 002 T. Roll 2: TC2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2552 003 Separa.: TC2: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Thick2: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2553
for the trailing edge area of thick paper 2 in B/W mode
2553 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2553 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, thick paper 2
2554
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TC2: Thick 2, TE: Trailing Edge
2554 002 T. Roll 2: TC2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2554 003 Separa.: TC2: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Thick2: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2556
correction for the leading edge area of thick paper 2 in color mode
2556 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2556 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Thick2: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2558
correction for the trailing edge area of thick paper 2 in color mode
2558 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2558 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
G160/G161 5-56 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Special1: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2561
correction for the leading edge area of special paper 1 in B/W mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2561 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Special1: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2563
correction for the trailing edge area of special paper 1 in B/W mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2563 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Special1: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2566
correction for the leading edge area of special paper 1 in color mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2566 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Special1: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2568
correction for the trailing edge area of special paper 1 in color mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2568 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Glossy2: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2571
correction for the leading edge area of glossy paper 2 in B/W mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2571 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
G160/G161
SM 5-57 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Glossy2: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2573
correction for the trailing edge area of glossy paper 2 in B/W mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2573 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Glossy2: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2576
correction for the leading edge area of glossy paper 2 in color mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2576 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Glossy2: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2578
correction for the trailing edge area of glossy paper 2 in color mode
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2578 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[OHP: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2601 area of OHP in B/W mode
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2601 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[0 to 60 / P2a 15.0, P2b: 7.5 / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2601 003 Separation *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[OHP: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2606
area of OHP in color mode
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2606 005 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
[0 to 60 / P2a 15.0, P2b: 21.3 / 0.1 -µA /step
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2606 006 Separation *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2 / 0.1 -KV/step]
G160/G161 5-58 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[OHP: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2621
for the leading edge area of OHP in B/W mode
2621 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2621 003 Separation *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[OHP: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2623
for the trailing edge area of OHP in B/W mode
2623 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2623 003 Separation *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[OHP: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2626
for the leading edge area of OHP in color mode
2626 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2626 003 Separation *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
G160/G161
[OHP: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2628
for the trailing edge area of OHP in B/W mode
2628 002 Transfer Roller2 *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
SM 5-59 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Thin: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2631 area of thin paper in B/W mode
Unit -> T.Roll2: Transfer roller, Separa.: Discharge plate (paper separation)
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2631 007 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB
[0 to 60 / 30.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2631 008 Separation *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thin: [K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2633 area of thin paper in B/W mode
Process Speed -> LS: Low Speed
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2633 007 T.Roll 2: LS *EGB
[0 to 60 / 15.0 / 0.5 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2633 008 Separation: LS *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thin: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2636
area of thin paper in color mode
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2636 013 Transfer Roller 2 *EGB [0 to 100 / P2a 27.5/25.0 (NA/EU), P2b:
30.2/24.3 (NA/EU) / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
2636 014 Separation *EGB
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Thin: [FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2638 area, of thin paper in color mode
Process Speed -> LS: Low Speed
Adjusts the transfer roller current.
2638 013 T.Roll 2: LS *EGB [0 to 100 / P2a 17.5, P2b: 21.3/18.3 (NA/EU)
/ 0.1 -µA /step]
2638 014 Separation: LS *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage.
G160/G161 5-60 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Thin: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2651
for the leading edge area of thin paper in B/W mode
[0 to 400 / 200 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2651 003 Separation *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "40%"
on the LCD actually means 200 %.
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2651 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from leading edge to normal, thin paper
2652
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TN: Thin, LE: Leading Edge
2652 002 T. Roll 2: Thin: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2652 003 Separation: TN: LE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Thin: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2653
for the trailing edge area of thin paper in B/W mode
2653 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2653 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, thin paper
2654
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TN: Thin, TE: Trailing Edge
2654 002 T. Roll 2: Thin: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2654 003 Separation: TN: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 mm/step]
[Thin: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2656
for the leading edge area of thin paper in color mode
G160/G161
SM 5-61 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Thin: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2658
for the trailing edge area of thin paper in color mode
2658 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different
2658 007 Transfer Roller2 *EGB from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Special3:[K]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the image
2751 area of special paper 3 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current for 1st side.
2751 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB
[0 to 100 / 7.5 / 0.1 -µA /step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage for 1st
2751 008 Separation: 1st *EGB side.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
Adjusts the transfer roller current for 2nd
side.
2751 021 T.Roll2:nd *EGB
[0 to 100 / P2a: 15.0, P2b: 10.0 / 0.1 -µA
/step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage for 2nd
2751 022 Separation: 2nd *EGB side.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Special3:[FC]] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage for the
2756 image area of special paper 3 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
Adjusts the transfer roller current for 1st side.
2756 013 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB
[0 to 100 / 10.0 / 0.1 -µA /step]
2756 014 Separation: 1st *EGB Adjusts the discharge plate voltage for 1st
G160/G161 5-62 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
side.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
Adjusts the transfer roller current for 2nd
side.
2756 021 T.Roll2:nd *EGB
[0 to 100 / P2a: 20.0, P2b: 15.0 / 0.1 -µA
/step]
Adjusts the discharge plate voltage for 2nd
2756 022 Separation: 2nd *EGB side.
[0 to 4 / 2.0 / 0.1 -KV/step]
[Special: [K]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2771 correction for the leading edge area of special paper 3 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2771 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2771 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2771 012 T.Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to leading edge, special paper 3
2772
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TN: Thin, TE: Trailing Edge
2772 002 T. Roll 2: Sp3: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 mm/step]
2772 003 Separation: TN: TE *EGB [0 to 200 / 25 / 1 mm/step]
[Special: [K]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage
2773 correction for the trailing edge area of special paper 3 in B/W mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2773 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2773 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2773 012 T.Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[Switch Timing] Switch timing from normal to trailing edge, special paper 3
2774
(Paper Type, Edge) Paper Type -> TN: Thin, TE: Trailing Edge
G160/G161
SM 5-63 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[SP: [FC]: LE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2776 for the leading edge area of special paper 3 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2776 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2776 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2776 012 T.Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
[SP: [FC]: TE] Transfer roller current and discharge plate voltage correction
2778 for the trailing edge area of special paper 3 in color mode
Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
2778 003 Separation *EGB [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2778 007 T.Roll 2: 1st *EGB The value displayed on the LCD is different
from these SP's values. For example, "20%"
2778 012 T.Roll 2: 2nd *EGB
on the LCD actually means 100%.
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2901 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2901 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 220 / 5%/step]
2901 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2901 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 190, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2901 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 135 / 5%/step]
2901 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 240, P2b: 175 / 5%/step]
2901 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2901 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 215, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2901 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 235/265 (NA/EU), P2b: 265
2901 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-64 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2901 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 125 / 5%/step]
2901 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 245, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2901 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 285/300 (NA/EU), P2b: 300
2901 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2901 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 100, P2b: 145 / 5%/step]
2901 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2901 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 450 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 215/270 (NA/EU), P2b: 400
2901 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2901 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2901 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2901 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 295, P2b: 540/570 (NA/EU)
2901 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2901 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2901 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 335 / 5%/step]
[T2: N: Size 5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper 1,
Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
2902 LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 170/200 (NA/EU), P2b: 160
2902 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB
/ 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 360, P2b: 290/275 (NA/EU)
2902 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2902 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2902 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2902 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
G160/G161
2902 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 335, P2b: 240 / 5%/step]
2902 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2902 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 300, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
SM 5-65 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
2902 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 230 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 285/345 (NA/EU), P2b:
2902 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
310/325 (NA/EU) / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 185/180 (NA/EU), P2b: 150
2902 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2902 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 275, P2b: 310/ / 5%/step]
2902 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 245 / 5%/step]
2902 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 365, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2902 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 295 / 5%/step]
2902 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2902 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 240/290 (NA/EU), P2b: 400
2902 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2902 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2902 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2902 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 540/650 (NA/EU)
2902 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2902 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2902 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 400, P2b: 335 / 5%/step]
[T2: N2: Size 4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper 2
Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
2903 LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2903 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2903 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 220 / 5%/step]
2903 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2903 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 190, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2903 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 135 / 5%/step]
2903 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 175 / 5%/step]
2903 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-66 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2903 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 215, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2903 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2903 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 250, P2b: 265 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 125/145 (NA/EU), P2b: 125
2903 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2903 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 245, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2903 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
2903 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 255, P2b: 355 / 5%/step]
2903 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 145 / 5%/step]
2903 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2903 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 450 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 270/240 (NA/EU), P2b: 400
2903 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2903 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2903 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2903 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 295, P2b: 540/535 (NA/EU)
2903 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2903 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2903 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 335 / 5%/step]
[T2: N2: Size 5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Plain paper
2, Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
2904 LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2904 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 155, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 265/225 (NA/EU)
2904 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 200/175 (NA/EU), P2b: 130
2904 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB
G160/G161
/ 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 260/220 (NA/EU), P2b: 185
2904 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
SM 5-67 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
2904 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2904 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 280, P2b: 240 / 5%/step]
2904 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2904 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a:300, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2904 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 230 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 265/290 (NA/EU), P2b: 345
2904 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2904 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2904 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 275, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2904 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 145, P2b: 245 / 5%/step]
2904 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 265, P2b: 375 / 5%/step]
2904 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 295 / 5%/step]
2904 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2904 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 290/270 (NA/EU), P2b: 400
2904 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2904 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2904 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2904 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 540/535 (NA/EU)
2904 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2904 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2904 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 400, P2b: 335 / 5%/step]
[T2: Thin: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thin Paper,
Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2905
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2905 001 LL: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2905 002 LL: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2905 003 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 135 / 5%/step]
2905 004 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-68 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2905 005 MM: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 140/125 (NA/EU), P2b: 125
2905 006 MM: RS [FC] *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2905 007 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 140/100 (NA/EU), P2b: 145
2905 008 MM: LS [FC] *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2905 009 HH: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 450 / 5%/step]
2905 010 HH: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2905 011 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2905 012 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
[T2: Thin: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thin paper,
Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2906
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2906 001 LL: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2906 002 LL: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2906 003 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2906 004 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2906 005 MM: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 230 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 185/150 (NA/EU), P2b: 150
2906 006 MM: RS [FC] *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2906 007 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 245 / 5%/step]
[0 to 1275 / P2a: 170/140 (NA/EU), P2b: 295
2906 008 MM: LS [FC] *EGB
/ 5%/step]
2906 009 HH: RS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
2906 010 HH: RS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2906 011 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2906 012 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
G160/G161
[T2: TC: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick Paper
2907 1, Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
SM 5-69 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2907 001 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2907 002 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 255 / 5%/step]
2907 003 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2907 004 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 250 / 5%/step]
2907 005 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 180 / 5%/step]
2907 006 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 300, P2b: 335 / 5%/step]
2907 007 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2907 008 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
2907 009 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2907 010 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 300, P2b: 320 / 5%/step]
2907 011 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2907 012 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 270 / 5%/step]
[T2: TC: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick paper
1, Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color], Paper Side)
2908 LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed, Paper Side: 1st or 2nd
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2908 001 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 205 / 5%/step]
2908 002 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 420, P2b: 410 / 5%/step]
2908 003 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 165 / 5%/step]
2908 004 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2908 005 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 265 / 5%/step]
2908 006 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 500 / 5%/step]
2908 007 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2908 008 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 435 / 5%/step]
2908 009 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 245 / 5%/step]
2908 010 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 495, P2b: 535 / 5%/step]
2908 011 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-70 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[T2: TC2: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick Paper
2, Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2909
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2909 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2909 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 130 / 5%/step]
2909 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 180 / 5%/step]
2909 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2909 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 170 / 5%/step]
2909 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
[T2: TC2: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Thick
paper 2, Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2910
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2910 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 205 / 5%/step]
2910 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 165 / 5%/step]
2910 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 265 / 5%/step]
2910 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2910 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 245 / 5%/step]
2910 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2911 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
SM 5-71 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[T2: SP: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Special
paper, Paper width A6 or less
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2912
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2912 001 LL: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 205 / 5%/step]
2912 002 LL: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 165 / 5%/step]
2912 003 MM: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 265 / 5%/step]
2912 004 MM: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
2912 005 HH: LS [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 245 / 5%/step]
2912 006 HH: LS [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 200 / 5%/step]
101-106 These are used for 2nd side of the paper.
2912 101 LL: LS: [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 455, P2b: 535 / 5%/step]
2912 102 LL: LS: [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 400 / 5%/step]
2912 103 MM: LS: [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 500, P2b: 510 / 5%/step]
2912 104 MM: LS: [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 435 / 5%/step]
2912 105 HH: LS: [K] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 535 / 5%/step]
2912 106 HH: LS: [FC] *EGB [0 to 1275 / 445 / 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-72 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[T2: SP1: Size4] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Special
paper1, Paper width between A5 and A6
(Environment, Process Speed, [Color]) LS: Low Speed, RS: Regular Speed
2913
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2913 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2913 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 220 / 5%/step]
2913 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2913 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 190, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2913 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 135 / 5%/step]
2913 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 240, P2b: 175 / 5%/step]
2913 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2913 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 215, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2913 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2913 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 265 / 5%/step]
2913 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 125 / 5%/step]
2913 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 245, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2913 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
2913 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 300 / 5%/step]
2913 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 145 / 5%/step]
2913 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2913 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 450 / 5%/step]
2913 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 270, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2913 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2913 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2913 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2913 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 295, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
2913 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2913 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 335 / 5%/step]
[T2: SP1: Size5] Transfer Roller Current: Correction for Humidity, Special
G160/G161
SM 5-73 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2914 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 170, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2914 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 310, P2b: 260 / 5%/step]
2914 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2914 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 225, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2914 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2914 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 335, P2b: 240 / 5%/step]
2914 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2914 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 300, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2914 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 230 / 5%/step]
2914 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 275, P2b: 325 / 5%/step]
2914 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
2914 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 275, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2914 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 245 / 5%/step]
2914 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 365, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2914 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 295 / 5%/step]
2914 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2914 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
2914 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2914 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2914 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2914 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2914 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
2914 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2914 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 400, P2b: 335 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
G160/G161 5-74 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2915 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
2915 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 195, P2b: 220 / 5%/step]
2915 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2915 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 190, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2915 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 135 / 5%/step]
2915 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 175 / 5%/step]
2915 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2915 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 215, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2915 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 140, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
2915 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 250, P2b: 265 / 5%/step]
2915 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 155, P2b: 125 / 5%/step]
2915 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 245, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2915 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
2915 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 255, P2b: 300 / 5%/step]
2915 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 145 / 5%/step]
2915 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2915 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 450 / 5%/step]
2915 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 270, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2915 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2915 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2915 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2915 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 295, P2b: 465 / 5%/step]
2915 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2915 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 335 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2916 001 LL: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 160 / 5%/step]
G160/G161
2916 002 LL: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 270, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2916 003 LL: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 130 / 5%/step]
SM 5-75 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
2916 004 LL: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 260, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2916 005 LL: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2916 006 LL: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 280, P2b: 240 / 5%/step]
2916 007 LL: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2916 008 LL: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 300, P2b: 235 / 5%/step]
2916 009 MM: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 230 / 5%/step]
2916 010 MM: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 265, P2b: 345 / 5%/step]
2916 011 MM: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 195, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
2916 012 MM: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 275, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2916 013 MM: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 245 / 5%/step]
2916 014 MM: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 265, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2916 015 MM: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 175, P2b: 295 / 5%/step]
2916 016 MM: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 350 / 5%/step]
2916 017 HH: RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 455 / 5%/step]
2916 018 HH: RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2916 019 HH: RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 150, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2916 020 HH: RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 290, P2b: 310 / 5%/step]
2916 021 HH: LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 400 / 5%/step]
2916 022 HH: LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 320, P2b: 465 / 5%/step]
2916 023 HH: LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 125, P2b: 290 / 5%/step]
2916 024 HH: LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 400, P2b: 335 / 5%/step]
2920 [S: HH SP: 1st] Smaller than A5 HH Special paper, 1st side
2920 001 T2 Switch Timing *EGB [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 mm/step]
[0 to 1275 / 20 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is
2920 002 T2 Correction *EGB different from these SP's values. For
example, "4%" on the LCD actually means
20 %.
2921 [S: HH SP: 2nd] Smaller than A5 HH Special paper, 2nd side
2921 001 T2 Switch Timing *EGB [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 mm/step]
[0 to 1275 / 0 / 5%/step]
2921 002 T2 Correction *EGB
The value displayed on the LCD is different
G160/G161 5-76 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2930 001 Normal: RS: [K] *EGB
2930 002 Normal: RS: [FC] *EGB
2930 003 Normal: LS: [K] *EGB
2930 004 Normal: LS: [FC] *EGB
2930 005 Normal 2: RS: [K] *EGB
2930 006 Normal 2: RS: [FC] *EGB
[0 to 400 / 200 / 5%/step]
2930 007 Normal 2: LS: [K] *EGB
2930 008 Normal 2: LS: [FC] *EGB
2930 009 Thin: RS: [K] *EGB
2930 010 Thin: RS: [FC] *EGB
2930 011 Thin: LS: [K] *EGB
2930 012 Thin: LS: [FC] *EGB
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2938 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 80 / 5%/step]
2938 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 80 / 5%/step]
2938 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
G160/G161
2938 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 80, P2b: 95 / 5%/step]
2938 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 65, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
2938 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 65 / 5%/step]
SM 5-77 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
2938 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 100, P2b: 75 / 5%/step]
2938 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 60, P2b: 80 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2939 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 85, P2b: 80 / 5%/step]
2939 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2939 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 85 / 5%/step]
2939 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 70, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
2939 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 75, P2b: 50 / 5%/step]
2939 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 80, P2b: 90 / 5%/step]
2939 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 100, P2b: 75 / 5%/step]
2939 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 75, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2948 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2948 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 90 / 5%/step]
2948 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 95 / 5%/step]
2948 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 90, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
2948 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 85, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
2948 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 85 / 5%/step]
2948 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 100, P2b: 90 / 5%/step]
2948 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 80, P2b: 90 / 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-78 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2949 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 95, P2b: 90 / 5%/step]
2949 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 95 / 5%/step]
2949 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / 95 / 5%/step]
2949 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 85, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
2949 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 85, P2b: 75 / 5%/step]
2949 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 90, P2b: 95 / 5%/step]
2949 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 100, P2b: 90 / 5%/step]
2949 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 90, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2958 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
2958 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 100 / 5%/step]
2958 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 175 / 5%/step]
2958 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 115 / 5%/step]
2958 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 110 / 5%/step]
2958 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 110 / 5%/step]
2958 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 205, P2b: 120 / 5%/step]
2958 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 115, P2b: 120 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2959 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 100 / 5%/step]
SM 5-79 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2968 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 115 / 5%/step]
2968 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 110, P2b: 115 / 5%/step]
2968 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 130, P2b: 205 / 5%/step]
2968 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 125 / 5%/step]
2968 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 120 / 5%/step]
2968 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 120 / 5%/step]
2968 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 225, P2b: 140 / 5%/step]
2968 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 120, P2b: 135 / 5%/step]
The value displayed on the LCD is different from these SP's values.
For example, "20%" on the LCD actually means 100%.
2969 001 RS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 135, P2b: 120 / 5%/step]
2969 002 RS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 135 / 5%/step]
2969 003 RS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a:170, P2b: 150 / 5%/step]
2969 004 RS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 160, P2b: 165 / 5%/step]
2969 005 LS [K]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 125 / 5%/step]
2969 006 LS [K]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / 150 / 5%/step]
G160/G161 5-80 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
2969 007 LS [FC]: 1st *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 200, P2b: 185 / 5%/step]
2969 008 LS [FC]: 2nd *EGB [0 to 1275 / P2a: 165, P2b: 200 / 5%/step]
SP3-XXX (Process)
3001 [Vt Display] Vt Display ([Color])
3001 001 [K] *EGB
Displays the output voltage of TD sensor
3001 002 [M] *EGB
for each color.
3001 003 [C] *EGB
[0.00 to 5.00 / 0.01 / 0.01 V/step]
3001 004 [Y] *EGB
3003 001 [K] *EGB Displays the current Vtref for each color.
3003 002 [M] *EGB [0.00 to 5.00 / 3.00 / 0.01 V/step]
3003 003 [C] *EGB
SM 5-81 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-82 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-83 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-84 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
3145 [Vmin]
DFU
3145 001 Upper Limit *EGB Adjusts the maximum Vmin.
[0.00 to 5.00 / 0.05 / 0.01 V/step]
3146 [K2]
DFU
3146 001 Upper Limit *EGB Adjusts the upper limit.
G160/G161
SM 5-85 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
3147 [K5]
DFU
3147 001 Upper Limit *EGB Adjusts the upper limit.
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 2.5000 / 0.0001/step]
DFU
3147 002 Lower Limit *EGB Adjusts the lower limit.
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 0.7500 / 0.0001/step]
G160/G161 5-86 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
3303 001 T. Supply Rate: [K] *EGB Displays the toner supply rate for each mode.
3303 002 T. Supply Rate: [M] *EGB [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%/step]
3303 003 T. Supply Rate: [C] *EGB
SM 5-87 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-88 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
3511 001 [K] *EGB Displays the current process control table for
3511 002 [M] *EGB each mode.
3511 003 [C] *EGB [1 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
SM 5-89 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-90 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-91 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-92 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Vb Display]
3575
(Process Speed,[Color]) RS: Regular speed, LS: Low speed
3575 001 RS: [K] *EGB
3575 002 RS: [M] *EGB
3575 003 RS: [C] *EGB
3575 004 RS: [Y] *EGB Displays the current Vb value for each mode.
3575 005 LS: [K] *EGB [0 to 800 / 350 / 1 V/step]
3575 006 LS: [M] *EGB
3575 007 LS: [C] *EGB
3575 008 LS: [Y] *EGB
SM 5-93 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-94 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[Supply Thresh]
3611
Adjusts the toner supply threshold for the toner density adjustment.
3611 001 Normal: [K] *EGB
3611 002 Normal: [M] *EGB
[1 to 800 / 420 / 1 V/step]
3611 003 Normal: [C] *EGB
3611 004 Normal: [Y] *EGB
3611 005 High Vt:[K] *EGB
3611 006 High Vt [M] *EGB
3611 007 High Vt [C] *EGB
3611 008 High Vt [Y] *EGB
[1 to 800 / 380 / 1 V/step]
3611 009 DEV.SetUp: [K] *EGB
3611 010 DEV.SetUp [M] *EGB
3611 011 DEV.SetUp [C] *EGB
3611 012 DEV.SetUp [Y] *EGB
[Consume Thresh]
3612
Adjusts the toner consume threshold for the toner density adjustment.
3612 001 Normal: [M] *EGB
3612 002 Normal: [C] *EGB
[1 to 800 / 220 / 1 V/step]
3612 003 Normal: [Y] *EGB
3612 004 Normal:[K] *EGB
3612 005 Low Vt: [K] *EGB [1 to 800 / 250 / 1 V/step]
3612 006 Low Vt: [M] *EGB
3612 007 Low Vt: [C] *EGB
G160/G161
SM 5-95 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
3721 [Low Resolution] Toner Refresh Mode Setting in Low Image Coverage Ratio
Enables or disables the toner refresh mode.
3721 001 Toner Refresh Mode *EGB [0 or 1 / 0 / -]
0: On. 1: Off
Toner refresh mode is done if the percentage
of pages that have low image coverage is
3721 002 S: Toner Refresh *EGB
larger than this threshold value.
[0 to 50 / 20 / 1%/step]
Toner refreshing coefficient: DFU
3721 003 Toner refresh coef. *EGB
[0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
3721 004 Interval Bk *EGB Specifies the interval of the process control at
low coverage printing.
3721 005 Interval Col *EGB
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
3731 [SUM.ImageArea]
3731 001 [Bk] *EGB Displays the total coverage for each color
3731 002 [M] *EGB after the process control execution. This SP is
3731 003 [C] *EGB cleared when the process control is done.
G160/G161 5-96 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
3741 [Thr.SplyMthod]
3741 001 [Bk] *EGB
Adjusts the threshold for low coverage
3741 002 [M] *EGB
printing.
3741 003 [C] *EGB
[0 to 255 / 1 / 1%/step]
3741 004 [Y] *EGB
SM 5-97 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SP5-XXX (Mode)
5001 [All Indicators On]
Checks the LED on the operation panel.
5001 001 *CTL
0: Normal, 1: All lit
G160/G161 5-98 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-99 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-100 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-101 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Image Monitor).
When SP5-866-001 is set to "1", this SP is
enabled.
5507 142 Interval: B5 *CTL supply alarm occurs when one of the paper
5507 164 Interval: LG *CTL supply alarm counters gets to the set value.
[SC/Alarm Setting]
5515 Turns on or off the following SC alarm settings. These SP's are active when the
CSS or NRS is enabled.
5515 001 SC Call *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
This SP activates the service parts near end
5515 002 Service Parts Ne *CTL call.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
This SP activates the service parts end call.
5515 003 Service Parts En *CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
5515 004 User Call *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
G160/G161 5-102 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
5801 015 Clear UCS Setting - Resets or deletes the UCS-related data.
5801 016 MIRS Setting - Resets or deletes the MIRS-related data.
SM 5-103 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-104 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-105 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-106 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
This port number is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
HTTP Proxy AutUsr *CTL
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification user name.
5816 065
The length of the name is limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond
the 31st character is ignored.
This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
HTTP Proxy AutPass *CTL
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification password.
5816 066
The length of the name is limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond
the 31st character is ignored.
This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
5816 067 Cer Updt Cond *CTL
Displays the status of the certification update.
0 The certification used by Cumin is set correctly.
The certification request (setAuthKey) for update has been received
1
from the GW URL and certification is presently being updated.
G160/G161
SM 5-107 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the
3
failed update.
The period of the certification has expired and new request for an
4
update is being sent to the GW URL.
A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue
11
certification setting is in progress for the rescue GW connection.
The rescue certification setting is completed and the GW URL is being
12
notified of the certification update request.
The notification of the request for certification update has completed
13 successfully, and the system is waiting for the certification update
request from the rescue GW URL
The notification of the certification request has been received from the
14
rescue GW controller, and the certification is being stored.
The certification has been stored, and the GW URL is being notified of
15
the successful completion of this event.
The storing of the certification has failed, and the GW URL is being
16
notified of the failure of this event.
The certification update request has been received from the GW URL,
the GW URL was notified of the results of the update after it was
17
completed, but an certification error has been received, and the rescue
certification is being recorded.
The rescue certification of No. 17 has been recorded, and the GW URL
18
is being notified of the failure of the certification update.
5816 068 Cer Abnml Cause *CTL
Displays a number code that describes the reason for the request for update of
the certification.
0 Normal. There is no request for certification update in progress.
Request for certification update in progress. The current certification
1
has expired.
An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification
2
has expired.
Notification of shift from a common authentication to an individual
3
certification.
4 Notification of a common certification without ID2.
5 Notification that no certification was issued.
G160/G161 5-108 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-109 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
enabled.
CERT: End ExpTime *CTL
5816 094 Displays the end time of the period for which the current NRS certification is
enabled.
Poling Man Exc *CTL
5816 200
No information is available at this time.
Instl: Condition *CTL
Displays a number that indicates the status of the NRS service device.
0: Neither the NRS device nor Cumin device are set.
1: The Cumin device is being set. Only Box registration is completed. In this
5816 201 status the Basil unit cannot answer a polling request.
2: The Cumin device is set. In this status the Basil unit cannot answer a polling
request.
3: The NRS device is being set. In this status the Cumin device cannot be set.
4: The NRS module has not started.
Instl: ID # *CTL
5816 202
Allows entry of the number of the request needed for the Cumin device.
Instl: Reference *CTL
5816 203
Executes the inquiry request to the NRS GW URL.
Instl: Ref Rslt *CTL
Displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with
SP5816-203.
0: Succeeded
1: Inquiry number error
2: Registration in progress
5816 204 3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)
5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
7: Certification update error
8: Other error
9: Inquiry executing
Instl: Ref Section *CTL
5816 205 Displays the result of the notification sent to the device from the GW URL in
answer to the inquiry request. Displayed only when the result is registered at
G160/G161 5-110 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
the GW URL.
Instl: Rgstltn *CTL
5816 206
Executes Cumin Registration.
Instl: Rgstltn Rst *CTL
Displays a number that indicates the registration result.
0: Succeeded
2: Registration in progress
3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
5816 207 4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)
5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
7: Certification update error
8: Other error
9: Registration executing
5816 208 Error Code
Displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either
SP5816-204 or SP5816-207 was executed.
Cause Code Meaning
-11001 Chat parameter error
Illegal Modem
-11002 Chat execution error
Parameter
-11003 Unexpected error
Inquiry, registration attempted without acquiring
-12002
device status.
Operation Error, Attempted registration without execution of an
-12003
Incorrect Setting inquiry and no previous registration.
Attempted setting with illegal entries for
-12004
certification and ID2.
Error Caused by Attempted dial up overseas without the correct
-2385
Response from international prefix for the telephone number.
GW URL -2387 Not supported at the Service Center
-2389 Database out of service
-2390 Program out of service
G160/G161
SM 5-111 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Network Setting] Job spool settings/ Interface selection for Ethernet and
5828
wireless LAN
Switches Centronics IEEE1284
compatibility on/off for the network.
[ 0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
5828 050 1284 Compatible *CTL 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
G160/G161 5-112 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-113 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
5828 149 Active IPv6 Stat (2) the wireless LAN or Ethernet.
5828 151 Active IPv6 Stat (3)
5828 153 Active IPv6 Stat (4)
5828 155 Active IPv6 Stat (5)
Displays the IPv6 manual setting address for
5828 156 IPv6 Manual Addr
the wireless LAN or Ethernet.
Displays the IPv6 gateway address for the
5828 158 IPv6 Gateway Add
wireless LAN or Ethernet.
G160/G161 5-114 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
related application
Bit 6: Documents related application in bit
7, 0: Not printed, 1: Printed
SM 5-115 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
5844 [USB]
Adjusts the USB transfer rate.
5844 001 Transfer Rate *CTL [0001 or 0004 / 0004 / -]
0001: Full speed, 0004: Auto Change
5844 002 Vendor ID *CTL Displays the vendor ID.
5844 003 Product ID *CTL Displays the product ID.
5844 004 Dev Release Num *CTL Displays the device release version number.
G160/G161 5-116 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
This SP clears all the setting information managed in UCS and address book
information (local, delivery, LDAP) and restores these settings to their default
values. Use this SP to initial the account information (user codes and
passwords) for system managers and users as well.
Ini Local AddrB *CTL
5846 047
Clears the local address book information, including the user code.
Ini LDAP AddrB *CTL
5846 049
Clears the LDAP address book information, except the user code.
Initializes all address information data except
Init All AddrB *CTL
the administration account.
5846 050
Clears all directory information managed by UCS, including all user codes.
Turn off and on the main power switch after executing this SP.
Bkup All AddrB *CTL
5846 051
Uploads all directory information to the SD card.
Restr All AddrB *CTL
5846 052
Downloads all directory information from the SD card.
Clear Backup Info *CTL
Deletes the address book data from the SD card in the service slot.
Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine.
5846 053 This feature does not work if the card is write-protected.
After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, and then turn the power off.
Do not remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing.
Search option *CTL
This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local
address book.
5846 060 Bit: Meaning
Bit0: Checks both upper/lower case characters
Bit1: Japan Only
Bit2 to 7
Compl Opt1 *CTL [0 to 32 / 0 / 1 /step]
Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local
5846 062 address book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case and
G160/G161
SM 5-117 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-118 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
5851 [Bluetooth]
Adjusts the Bluetooth setting.
5851 001 Mode *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / -]
0: Public, 1: Private
SM 5-119 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Function.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/Step] Alphanumeric
0: OFF, 1: ON
Sets the storage location for the debug log.
5857 002 Target *CTL [2 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
2: HDD, 3: SD
5857 005 Save to HDD *CTL Sets the key number of the debug log.
5857 006 Save to SD Card *CTL Sets the key number of the debug log.
Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug log
5857 009 HDD to SD Latest *CTL
from the hard disk to the SD card.
Sets the key number of the debug log copied
5857 010 HDD to SD Any *CTL
from the hard disk to the SD card.
5857 011 Erase HDD Debug *CTL Deletes the debug log from the hard disk.
5857 012 Erase SD Debug *CTL Deletes the debug log from the SD card.
5857 013 Dsply-SD Space *CTL Shows the free space on the SD card.
Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug log
5857 014 SD to SD Latest *CTL
from an SD card to a different SD card.
Sets the key number of the debug log copied
5857 015 SD to SD Any *CTL
from an SD card to a different SD card.
5857 016 Make HDD Debug File *CTL Makes a log file on the HDD to save debug
logs. To save debug logs, the controller
makes a log file first, then writes data in the
file. This procedure can use much time. The
user can switch off the main power switch
5857 017 Make SD Debug File *CTL before the log is written in the file. To prevent
this possible problem, you can prepare a log
file in advance. If you do this, the controller
uses less time to save logs because the log
file is prepared.
G160/G161 5-120 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Automatic, 1: Not encrypt, 2: Encrypt
5860 007 POP before SMTP *CTL Enables or disables the authentication that is
SM 5-121 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-122 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-123 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
0: On, 1: Off
G160/G161 5-124 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-125 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-126 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
7504 010 Exit *CTL Paper Exit Sensor does not get "ON".
7504 011 Inverter (F) *CTL Duplex: ON
7504 012 Inverter (R) *CTL Duplex Jam Sensor 1 does not get "ON".
7504 013 Duplex Exit *CTL Duplex Jam Sensor 2 does not get "ON".
Optional Paper Feed Sensor does not get
7504 015 Bank Paper Feed *CTL
"ON".
7504 016 Fusing Entrance *CTL Fusing Entrance Sensor does not get "ON".
7504 061 Regist: Stay *CTL Registration Sensor does not get "OFF"
7504 063 Exit: Stay *CTL Paper Exit Sensor does not get "OFF".
7504 065 Inverter (F): Stay *CTL Duplex: OFF
7504 066 Inverter (R): Stay *CTL Duplex Exit 1: OFF
7504 070 Bank Paper 1: Stay *CTL Not used
7504 071 Bank Paper 2: Stay *CTL Not used
SM 5-127 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
7803 004 S: PCU: [C] *EGB detects that the new unit is installed. Then,
7803 005 S: PCU: [Y] *EGB the current PM counter value is automatically
7803 009 S: Transfer Belt Unit *EGB moved to the PM Counter - Previous
(SP7-906-1 to 10) and is reset to “0”.
7803 010 S: T. Roll 2 *EGB
The total number of sheets printed with the
7803 011 S: Fusing Unit *EGB
last unit replaced can be checked with
7803 012 S: By-pass *EGB
SP7-906-1 to 10.
7803 013 S: Tray 1 *EGB
SP7-803-001: This shows the number of
7803 014 S: Tray 2 *EGB
pages printed.
7803 015 S: Tray 3 *EGB [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
7803 017 R: PCU: [K] *EGB Displays the number of revolutions of motors
7803 018 R: PCU: [M] *EGB or clutches for each current maintenance unit.
7803 019 R: PCU: [C] *EGB [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 revolution/step]
7803 020 R: PCU: [Y] *EGB When a unit is replaced, the machine
7803 025 R: Trans Belt Unit *EGB automatically detects that the new unit is
7803 026 R: T. Roll 2 *EGB installed. Then, the current PM counter value
is automatically moved to the PM Counter -
Previous (SP7-906-11 to 20) and is reset to
“0”. The total number of revolutions made
7803 027 R: Fusing Unit *EGB
with the last unit replaced can be checked
with SP7-906-11 to 20.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 rotation/step]
7803 033 Toner Supply: [K] *EGB Displays the number of sheets printed until
G160/G161 5-128 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
7803 034 Toner Supply: [M] *EGB the waste toner bottle becomes full or toner
7803 035 Toner Supply: [C] *EGB runs out.
7803 036 Toner Supply: [Y] *EGB [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 /step]
7803 037 R%: PCU: [K] *EGB Displays the value given by the following
7803 038 R%: PCU: [M] *EGB formula:
7803 039 R%: PCU: [C] *EGB (Current revolution / Target revolution) 100,
7803 040 R%: PCU: [Y] *EGB where “Current revolution” is the current
7803 045 R%: Trans Belt Unit *EGB value for the counter of the part, and “Target
SM 5-129 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-130 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-131 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-132 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-133 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-134 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-135 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
7932 013 Toner End *EGB Displays the toner end record.
7932 014 Refill Flag *EGB Displays the refilling record.
7932 015 R: Total Counter *EGB Displays the total number of sheets when
replacing the new toner bottle for the b/w
7932 016 R: Color Counter *EGB mode or the full color mode.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7932 017 E: Total Counter *EGB Displays the total number of sheets when
detecting the toner end for the b/w mode or
7932 018 E: Color Counter *EGB the full color mode.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays the toner near end record.
7932 019 Near End *EGB
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays the date of the install the toner
7932 020 Install Date *EGB
bottle.
7932 021 Toner End Date *EGB Displays the date of the toner end.
G160/G161 5-136 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
7934 017 E: Total Counter *EGB Displays the total number of sheets when
7934 018 E: Color Counter *EGB detecting the toner end for the b/w mode or
SM 5-137 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-138 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
bottle.
Displays the installed date of the previous
7941 002 Installed Date *EGB
bottle.
Displays the total counter of the previous
7941 003 Total Count *EGB
bottle.
[TonerLog2 [K]]
Displays the serial number of the one before
7941 004 S/N *EGB
the previous bottle.
Displays the installed date of the one before
7941 005 Installed Date *EGB
the previous bottle.
Displays the total counter of the one before
7941 006 Total Count *EGB
the previous bottle.
[TonerLog3 [K]]
Displays the serial number of the one before
7941 007 S/N *EGB
the second previous bottle.
Displays the installed date of the one before
7941 008 Installed Date *EGB
the second previous bottle.
Displays the total counter of the one before
7941 009 Total Count *EGB
the second previous bottle.
[TonerLog4 [K]]
Displays the serial number of the third
7941 010 S/N *EGB
previous bottle.
Displays the installed date of the third
7941 011 Installed Date *EGB
previous bottle.
Displays the total counter of the third previous
7941 012 Total Count *EGB
bottle.
[TonerLog5 [K]]
Displays the serial number of the fourth
7941 013 S/N *EGB
previous bottle.
Displays the installed date of the fourth
7941 014 Installed Date *EGB
previous bottle.
Displays the total counter of the fourth
7941 015 Total Count *EGB
G160/G161
previous bottle.
SM 5-139 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-140 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
previous bottle.
Displays the installed date of the fourth
7943 014 Installed Date *EGB
previous bottle.
SM 5-141 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-142 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
The jobs interrupted by paper jams or some other errors are also counted.
The jobs executed by SPs are not counted.
server
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
SM 5-143 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm
2), are printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the counter of
the application program that executes the print job increases.
G160/G161 5-144 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-145 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
8411 [Prints/Duplex]
The number of sheets used in duplex printing
Prints/Duplex *CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
The counter increases by +1 when both sides (front/back) are printed. The counter
does not increase when one of the two sides is not printed (e.g., the last page of the
documents that have three pages, five pages, seven pages, and so on).
G160/G161 5-146 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
Booklet Magazine
Original Pages Count Original Pages Count
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 2
4 2 4 2
5 3 5 4
6 4 6 4
7 4 7 4
8 4 8 4
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
001 A3 007 LG
002 A4 008 LT
SM 5-147 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-148 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-149 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-150 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-151 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Page/Toner Bottle]
8891
(Sheets, [Color]) S: Sheets
G160/G161 5-152 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-153 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-154 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SP9-XXX
9001
[Shutter Motor]
Adjusts the open shutter time.
9001 064 Open Time *EGB
[0 to 990 / 210 / 10 ms/step]
Adjusts the closed shutter time.
9001 065 Close Time *EGB
[0 to 990 / 100 / 10 ms/step]
[Filming Remov.] Filming Removal
Adjusts the threshold for filming removal. This
SP is executed even the print job is
9001 074 Interval: [k] *EGB
proceeding.
[0 to 65535 / 150 / 1/step]
[Vb: LS] Vb at Low Process Speed
9001 083 Vb Shift *EGB [0 to 65535 / 10 / 1/step]
[Vc: LS] Vc at Low Process Speed
9001 084 Vc Shift *EGB [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
[Filming Remov.] Filming Removal: Job end
Displays the counter that counts the number
of sheets in black and white printing mode
9001 099 Interval (E): [K] *EGB
from previous filming removal.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays the counter that counts the number
of sheets in full color printing mode from
9001 100 Interval (E): [FC] *EGB
previous filming removal.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Adjusts the threshold for job end filming
removal. This SP is not executed until the
9001 101 Interval: [end] *EGB
print job has ended.
[0 to 65535 / 75 / 1/step]
9001 102 Vk Coef. [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.00 / 0.01 /step]
9001 103 [0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
G160/G161
SM 5-155 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
[Vpp]
9906
Adjusts the AC charge bias correction for each environment.
9906 001 Vpp1: LL *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1950 / 1 V/step]
9906 002 Vpp2: LL *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2200 / 1 V/step]
9906 003 Vpp1: ML *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1780 / 1 V/step]
9906 004 Vpp2: ML *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2030 / 1 V/step]
9906 005 Vpp1: MM *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1770 / 1 V/step]
9906 006 Vpp2: MM *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2020 / 1 V/step]
9906 007 Vpp1: MH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1810 / 1 V/step]
9906 008 Vpp2: MH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2060 / 1 V/step]
9906 009 Vpp1: HH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 1770 / 1 V/step]
9906 010 Vpp2: HH *EGB [0 to 3000 / 2020 / 1 V/step]
G160/G161 5-156 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SM 5-157 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-158 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
Input Check 1
001
Not used
Input Check 2
0 Color OPC Motor Locked Not locked
1 Black OPC/ Development Motor Locked Not locked
2 Color Development Motor Locked Not locked
002 3 Paper Feed/ Fusing Motor Locked Not locked
4 Registration Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
5 Paper Exit Sensor Paper not detected Paper detected
6 Interlock Switch 5V Open Close
G160/G161
SM 5-159 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
Not used
Input Check 4
0-3 Not used - -
4 Polygon Motor Fan Locked Not locked
Activated
Color Drum Gear Position
5 (Actuator inside Deactivated
004 Sensor
sensor)
Activated
Black Drum Gear Position
6 (Actuator inside Deactivated
Sensor
sensor)
7 Interlock Switch 24V Opened Closed
Input Check 5
005
Not used
Input Check 6
006
Not used
Input Check 11
0 Paper Size Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
1 Paper Size Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
2 Paper Size Sensor 3 Pushed Not Pushed
011 3 Paper Size Sensor 4 Pushed Not Pushed
4 Paper Width Sensor Pushed Not Pushed
5 Paper Height Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
6 Paper Height Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
7 Paper End Sensor Not End End
012 Input Check 12
0 Transfer Belt Contact Sensor Not Contact Contact
1 Transfer Roller Contact Sensor Not Contact Contact
2 Duplex Jam Sensor 1 Paper detected Paper not detected
3 Duplex Jam Sensor 1 Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Fusing New Unit Sensor New Old
5 Fusing Unit Set Sensor P1 Set Not Set
6 Fusing Unit Set Sensor P2 Set Not Set
G160/G161 5-160 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
7 Not Used - -
Input Check 13
0 Paper Overflow Sensor Overflow Not overflow
1 Fusing Exit Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
2 Inverter Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
013 3 Fusing Unit Fan Locked Not locked
4 PSU Fan Locked Not locked
5 Drive Unit Fan Locked Not locked
6 Paper Exit Fan Locked Not locked
7 Not used
Input Check 14
0 Toner End Sensor [Y] End Not end
1 Toner End Sensor [C] End Not end
2 Toner End Sensor [M] End Not end
014 3 Toner End Sensor [K] End Not end
4 New PCU Detection [Y] New Old
5 New PCU Detection [C] New Old
6 New PCU Detection [M] New Old
7 New PCU Detection [K] New Old
Input Check 15
0 LDU Shutter Sensor Close Open
1 Left Cover Sensor Close Open
2 Waste Toner Overflow Sensor Not overflow Overflow
015 3 By-pass Paper Detection Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 1 Not used
5 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 2 Not used
6 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 3 Not used
7 By-pass Paper Size Sensor 4 Not used
016 Input Check 16
0-2 Not used - -
G160/G161
SM 5-161 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SP5-803 Reading
Bit Description
-XXX 0 1
5-7 Not used - -
Input Check 17
0-4 Not used - -
017
5 Front Door Sensor Close Open
6-7 Not used - -
Input Check 20
0 Tray 2 Paper Near End Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
1 Tray 2 Paper Near End Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
2 Tray 2 Paper End Sensor End Not end
020 3 Tray 2 Paper Feed Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Tray 2 Paper Size 4 Pushed Not Pushed
5 Tray 2 Paper Size 3 Pushed Not Pushed
6 Tray 2 Paper Size 2 Pushed Not Pushed
7 Tray 2 Paper Size 1 Pushed Not Pushed
Input Check 21
0 Tray 3 Paper Near End Sensor 1 Pushed Not Pushed
1 Tray 3 Paper Near End Sensor 2 Pushed Not Pushed
2 Tray 3 Paper End Sensor End Not end
021 3 Tray 3 Paper Feed Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected
4 Tray 3 Paper Size 4 Pushed Not Pushed
5 Tray 3 Paper Size 3 Pushed Not Pushed
6 Tray 3 Paper Size 2 Pushed Not Pushed
7 Tray 3 Paper Size 1 Pushed Not Pushed
G160/G161 5-162 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Mode Table
5804 009 Exit Paper Fan H Paper Exit Fan: High speed
5804 010 Polyg. Mir. Motor Polygon Mirror Motor
5804 011 Exit Paper Fan L Paper Exit Fan: Low speed
5804 012 Duplex Fan Duplex Motor
5804 020 Paper Feed Motor Paper Feed/ Fusing Motor
5804 022 Mono. PCU Motor Black OPC/ Development Motor
5804 024 Color PCU Motor Color OPC Motor
5804 026 Color Dev. Motor Color Development Motor
5804 030 [Y] Toner Motor Toner Supply Motor [Y]
5804 031 [C] Toner Motor Toner Supply Motor [C]
5804 032 [M] Toner Motor Toner Supply Motor [M]
5804 033 [K] Toner Motor Toner Supply Motor [K]
5804 034 T. Belt Contact M Transfer Belt Contact Motor
5804 035 T. Roll 2 Contact M Transfer Roller Contact Motor
5804 036 LDU Shutter Motor LDU Shutter Motor
5804 040 Trans. Belt Motor Transfer Belt Unit Motor
5804 042 Duplex In Motor Inverter Motor
5804 044 Duplex Exit Motor Duplex Motor
5804 060 Paper Feed Clutch Paper Feed Clutch
5804 061 Relay Clutch Relay Transport Clutch
5804 062 Regist. Clutch Registration Clutch
5804 063 Develop. Clutch Development Clutch
5804 064 By-pass Solenoid By-pass Solenoid
5804 065 Duplex Solenoid Junction Gate Solenoid
5804 100 [Y]: Charge DC Charge Roller DC: Yellow PCU
5804 102 [C]: Charge DC Charge Roller DC: Cyan PCU
5804 104 [M]: Charge DC Charge Roller DC: Magenta PCU
5804 106 [K]: Charge DC Charge Roller DC: Black PCU
5804 110 [Y]: Charge AC Charge Roller AC: Yellow PCU
5804 112 [C]: Charge AC Charge Roller AC: Cyan PCU
5804 114 [M]: Charge AC Charge Roller AC: Magenta PCU
5804 116 [K]: Charge AC Charge Roller AC: Black PCU
G160/G161
SM 5-163 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Service Mode Table CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 5-164 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Firmware Update
Firmware updating procedure is the same as G-P1 (G104/G105). For details, refer to the
service manual for G-P1.
5.3.1 TYPES OF FIRMWARE
The table lists the programs used by Model G160/161.
Location of Message
Type of firmware Function
firmware displayed
EGB flash
1 Engine – Main Printer engine control Engine
ROM
2 System Printer system management
Printer Application Feature application Controller flash
Onboard Sys
3 NIB NIB management ROM
Web System Web service application
5.3.2 PRECAUTIONS
Handling SD Cards
Observe the following precautions when handling SD cards:
Turn off the main power switch before you insert or remove an SD card. Data in the SD
card can be corrupted if you insert or remove an SD card while the main power switch
is on.
Do not turn off the main power switch during downloading.
Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked when you download an
application to it. If not, downloading fails and a download error (e.g. Error Code 44)
occurs during a firmware upgrade.
Keep SD cards in a safe location. Do not store SD cards in these locations:
1. Locations exposed to high temperature, high humidity, direct sunlight,
or strong vibration
2. Locations where there are effects from magnetic forces
Do not bend or scratch SD cards.
G160/G161
SM 5-165 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SD Card Application Move CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
5.4.1 OVERVIEW
The service program “SD Card Appli Move” (SP 5873) enables you to copy application
programs from an SD card to another SD card.
There are two SD card slots (center slot is not used). Model G160/G161 can use slot 1 to
store application programs. Slot 3 is for maintenance work and applications for a customer.
Because of this, if the application programs are stored in an SD card or more, a) choose
one SD card from these SD cards and b) store all the application programs on one card.
Use extreme caution when using SD Card Appli Move:
1. The authentication data is transferred with the application program from
an SD card to the other SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the
SD card after you copy the application program from this card to another
SD card.
2. Do not use an SD card if it has been used for some other work, for
example, on a computer. Normal operation is not guaranteed when such
SD card is used.
3. Keep the SD card in the place (Note) after you copy the application
program from the card to another card. This is because: a) The SD card
can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application
program. b) You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a
problem in the future.
G160/G161 5-166 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SD Card Application Move
SM 5-167 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SD Card Application Move CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
After moving or copying a program, the original SD card must be kept, as proof of purchase.
Keep the SD card in the location [A] and secure it with a tape.
G160/G161 5-168 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
This section shows the differences between G104 and G160/G161. For other items
procedures, refer to the Service Manual for G104.
G160/G161
SM 6-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Overview CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
6.2 OVERVIEW
G160/G161 6-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Overview
The EGB (Engine Board) controls machine functions along with the CTL (Controller). The
IOB (In/Out Board) controls input/output, drivers and input/output connections. The IOB is
part of the EGB expansion board.
You can only install two of the optional interface boards (IEEE1284, IEEE802.11b,
Bluetooth, USB Host and Gigabit Ethernet) at the same time. (You can not install
IEEE802.11b and Bluetooth at the same time.)
The controller connects to the EGB through the PCI Bus (Peripheral Component
Interconnect Bus).
1. EGB (Engine Board):
This controls the Engine, the controller interface, image processing, MUSIC (Mirror Unit for
Skew and Interval Correction), and input/output. MUSIC is also called Automatic Line
Position Adjustment).
2. IOB (Input/Output Board):
G160/G161
This controls input/output, and the interfaces with the optional units, and the operation
panel.
3. Controller:
SM 6-3 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Overview CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 6-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Overview
G160/G161
SM 6-5 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Process Control CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
6.3.1 OVERVIEW
G160/G161 6-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Process Control
SM 6-7 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Process Control CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 6-8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Process Control
The machine makes a plot of the 10 values of M/A against the development potential that
was used to make each of the gradations. Then it makes a line through the 10 points.
Then, it finds the development potential that is necessary to put the ‘target M/A’ of toner on
the OPC.
This development potential is then used to find the best values of development bias,
charge roller voltage and laser power for the machine in its current condition. To do this, it
refers to a table in memory.
The machine also adjusts VREF (toner density target) at the same time. As a result, the
development gamma detected by process control will be the value stored in SP 3561 1 to 4
(do not adjust in the field unless told to do this).
After that, the transfer belt cleaning unit cleans the transfer belt.
6.3.3 TONER SUPPLY CONTROL
Toner Supply Control Modes
This machine has four toner supply control modes. They are selected with SP 3301 1 to 4.
1. Fixed supply mode
This mode is used when the TD sensor becomes defective. The amount of toner supply
can be adjusted with SP 3302 1 -4 if the image density is incorrect (the default setting is
5%).
2. Proportional control mode 1 (Pixel)
G160/G161
This mode is used when the TD sensor becomes defective. Only the pixel count is used to
control toner supply. The amount of toner supply can be adjusted with SP 3306 1 to 4.
3. Proportional control mode 2 (TD sensor)
SM 6-9 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Process Control CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
This mode is used when the ID sensor at the center becomes defective. Only the TD
sensor is used to control toner supply. The amount of toner supply can be adjusted with SP
3306 5 to 8.
4. Hybrid control mode
This is the default toner supply control mode. The TD sensor or the pixel count are used in
this mode.
If the image coverage ratio is less than the value of SP 3701 2 to 5, pixel count is used.
If the image coverage ratio is more than the value of SP 3701 2 to 5, the TD sensor is
used.
But, if SP 3701 1 is "off", then the TD sensor is always used. The default setting for this
SP is "off". Because of this, pixel count is not used.
The amount of toner supply can be adjusted with SP 3306 9 to 20.
The TD sensor is in the PCU. If the TD sensor becomes defective, the technician must
replace the PCU. But if this is not possible, the technician can change the toner supply
mode with SP 3301 1 to 4.
G160/G161 6-10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Process Control
Introduction
Toner Near End
To detect toner near-end the machine uses:
Pixel count (memory chip on the toner bottle)
Toner End
To detect toner end the machine uses:
Output from the toner end sensor [A]
Toner near-end detection uses the pixel counter in the ID chip. If new toner is
added to the empty toner bottle, the contents of the ID chip are not reset, so the
toner near-end or end condition is not reset. Also, near-end detection cannot be
done.
G160/G161
SM 6-11 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Process Control CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
chip.
When “Toner near end” is detected, “Toner end recovery” is not done. If there is no
“Toner end” information in the ID chip, the machine detects that there is toner in
the toner bottle and “Toner end recovery” is done.
6.3.5 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION
When the machine detects that a new PCU was installed, it initializes the developer.
To do this, the machine mixes the developer for a few seconds, and adjusts VCNT (control
voltage for TD sensor) to make VT (TD sensor output) equal to 2.5 ± 0.1 volts. The machine
stores this VT as VREF.
During PCU initialization, the machine automatically supplies toner because there is no
toner in the toner supply pipe at installation. Then the machine does the process control
self-check.
G160/G161 6-12 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Paper Feed
SM 6-13 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Laser Exposure CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
A safety switch turns off when the front cover or the right door is opened. As a result, the
relay on the PSU cuts off the power supply (+5V) to the four LD boards. (The electric
circuits go through the EGB and IOB.)
The LD safety switch system stops the laser beam when the cover is open.
G160/G161 6-14 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Exposure
During automatic line position adjustment, the line patterns above are made eight times on
the transfer belt. The spaces between the lines (YY, KK, CC, MM, KY, KC, KM) are
measured by the left, center, and right ID sensors. The controller reads the average of the
spaces, and adjusts the following items:
Sub scan line position for YCM
Main scan line position for KYCM
Magnification ratio for KYCM
Skew for YCM (see the note below)
In this procedure, only the skew for YCM is measured. If you want to adjust it, do
the main skew adjustment procedure. (See ‘Replacements and Adjustments –
Laser Optics – LD Unit’)
The transfer-belt-cleaning unit cleans the transfer belt after the patterns are measured.
G160/G161
SM 6-15 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Laser Exposure CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
The adjustment of the sub-scan line position for YCM uses the line position for K (color
registration). The machine measures the gaps between the lines of each color in the
pattern on the transfer belt. If the gaps for a color are not correct, the machine moves the
image of the color up or down the sub scan axis. To do this, it changes the laser write
timing for that color.
Main scan line position for KYCM
If the machine detects that the image is out of position in the main scan direction, it
changes the laser-write-start timing for each scan line.
Magnification adjustment for KYCM
If the machine detects that magnification adjustment is necessary, it changes the LD clock
frequency for the necessary color.
Skew for YCM
The adjustment of the skew for YCM uses the line position for K.
Adjustment Conditions
If SP 2153 1 is set to "1 (ON)", then automatic line position adjustment is done at the times
shown below.
After process control is done
If SP 2153 2 is set to "1 (ON)", then the adjustment is done when the following types of
process control are successfully done.
Initial process control
Interval process control
No-use time process control
Initialization
If SP2153 3 is set to "1 (ON)", then the adjustment is done when the main power is turned
on or the machine comes back from the standby mode, but only if one of the following
conditions occurs.
At a set time after the previous adjustment. The default value is 360 minutes. You can
adjust the time with SP 2153 13.
When the temperature changes after a previous adjustment by more than a set value.
The default value is "5°C ". You can adjust the temperature change value with SP 2153
12.
Printing
If SP 2153 4 is set to "1 (ON)", then the adjustment is done when the machine gets print job
data, but only if one of the following conditions occurs.
At a set time after the previous adjustment. The default value is 360 minutes. You can
adjust the time with SP 2153 13.
G160/G161 6-16 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Exposure
When the temperature changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set value.
The default value is "5°C". You can adjust the temperature change value with SP 2153
12.
When the magnification changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set value.
The default value is "1%". You can adjust the magnification change value with SP 2153
15.
Interrupt
If SP 2153 5 is set to "1 (Yes)", then the adjustment is done when the one of the following
conditions occurs during a print job with many pages.
When the number of printed pages after the previous adjustment becomes more than
a set number. The number of pages includes black and color printing. The default
value is 190 pages. (If this condition occurs, automatic line position adjustment after
the next interval process control will not be cancelled.) You can adjust the default value
with SP 2153 10.
When the temperature changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set value.
The default value is "5°C". You can adjust the temperature change value with SP 2153
12.
When the magnification changed after a previous adjustment by more than a set value.
The default value is "1%". You can adjust the magnification change value with SP 2153
15.
Summary Table
The below table shows when the automatic line position adjustment is done. It also shows
the main SPs that control the timing of the adjustment. If SP 2153 1 is "Off", then the
automatic adjustment is never done. Note that the adjustments for the sub-scan line
position, main scan line position, and magnification are done at the same time.
Enabled/
After Process Initialization Printing Interrupt
Disabled (SP
Control (SP 2153 (SP 2153 (SP 2153 Remarks
2153
(SP 2153 2) 3) 4) 5)
1)
On ON On Default
ON
Off
On
On
Off
Off
G160/G161
Off On
ON
Off
Off On
SM 6-17 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Laser Exposure CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Enabled/
After Process Initialization Printing Interrupt
Disabled (SP
Control (SP 2153 (SP 2153 (SP 2153 Remarks
2153
(SP 2153 2) 3) 4) 5)
1)
Off
On
ON
Off
On
On
Off
Off
Off
On
ON
Off
Off
On
Off
Off
Off - - - - No Adjustment
You can also do the automatic line position adjustment manually with SP 2111 1.
G160/G161 6-18 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing
6.6 FUSING
6.6.1 OVERVIEW
SM 6-19 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Fusing CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
installed.
6.6.2 FUSING TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Overall Procedure
The machine starts to warm up the fusing unit to get the print ready condition. When the
heating roller temperature gets to the idling ready temperature [A], the idling procedure
starts to warm up the heating roller. The temperature becomes higher than the machine
ready temperature [B] and gets to the print ready temperature [C] after the heating roller
completes the idling.
The temperature increases to the target printing temperature. Then printing starts. If the
temperature does not get to the target printing temperature before 30 seconds (SP 1104
22), printing starts.
The temperature increases to the first print temperature [G] when the first sheet of paper is
printed, but this is only for the first page.
After the printing job, the machine turns the heating roller to prevent overheating [F]. You
can adjust the fusing temperature settings.
G160/G161 6-20 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing
SM 6-21 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Fusing CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Overheat Protection
If the heating roller temperature becomes higher than 230°C, the CPU cuts off the
power to the heating lamp and SC543 shows.
If 250°C is detected, the thermostat is opened, and then the heating lamp power is cut
off. SC545 shows.
If the thermistor output is less than 0°C for six seconds, SC541 occurs.
If the heating lamp gets full power for 8 seconds after the heating roller gets to the
print ready temperature, SC545 occurs.
G160/G161 6-22 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing
6.6.3 DRIVE
After the toner image is transferred to the paper [A], it goes through the fusing unit. The
fusing unit contains the heating roller [B]. The heating lamp [C] applies heat to the heat
roller. The heat roller applies heat to the fusing belt [D] to melt the toner on the paper. The
paper receives pressure between the fusing belt and the pressure roller [E], and melted
toner bonds to the paper.
When the paper goes out of the fusing unit, it goes to the exit tray. The fusing exit sensor
[F] detects paper jams. G160/G161
SM 6-23 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Controller CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
6.7 CONTROLLER
6.7.1 OVERVIEW
G160/G161 6-24 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Controller
Slot #1: Customer’s application (for example, PostScript 3) or Service use (for example,
firmware upgrade), customer’s application
Slot #2: This slot is not used in this printer.
Slot #3: Service use only
The system and application software for the following boards can be downloaded from SD
cards connected to slot #3.
Controller (Flash ROM and SD card for boot)
EGB (Engine board)
See the Service Tables Firmware Update Procedure for details on downloading
software from the SD card.
An SD Card programmed with an additional application can be installed in SD Card slot #3.
If an additional application cannot be merged onto the card on slot #1, then use slot #3 for
that additional application. If possible, keep slot #3 empty for the firmware update.
G160/G161
SM 6-25 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Controller CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DIP Switches: Factory use only. Keep DIP SW 1 ON and the other switches OFF.
G160/G161 6-26 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SPECIFICATIONS
7. SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 SPECIFICATIONS
G160/G161 G104/G105
Configuration: Desktop
Laser beam scanning & Electro
Print Process: photographic printing
4 drums tandem method
RPCS (Refined Printing
PictBridge, RPCS (Refined Printing
Command Stream),
Printer Languages: Command Stream), PCL5c/e,
PCL5c/e, PCL-XL, Adobe
PCL-XL, Adobe PostScript 3, PDF
PostScript 3, PDF
Resolution:
1200 x 1200 dpi*, 1200 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600
RPCS:
600 x 600 dpi dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
PCL5c/e: 600 x 600 dpi 300 x 300 dpi 600 x 600 dpi 300 x 300 dpi
1200 x 1200 dpi*, 1200 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600
PCL-XL:
600 x 600 dpi dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
1200 x 1200 dpi*, 1200 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600
Adobe PS 3:
600 x 600 dpi dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
1200 x 1200 dpi*, 1200 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 1200 dpi, 1200 x 600
PDF:
600 x 600 dpi dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
PictBridge: 1200 x 1200 dpi*, 1200 x 600 dpi ¬
*For P2a (G160) machine, the
optional memory must be installed to
print in 1200 x 1200 dpi mode.
Gradations: 1 bit, 256 gradations
G160/G161
G104/ G104/
G161 G160 G161 G160
G105 G105
SM 7-1 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Specifications CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G104/ G104/
G161 G160 G161 G160
G105 G105
Printing Speeds
Plain Paper Thick/OHP
[Monochrome]
600 x 600 dpi (ppm) 30 25 25 15 12.5 25
1200 x 600 dpi (ppm) 30 25 25 15 12.5 25
1200 x 1200 dpi (ppm) 15 12.5 12.5 15 12.5 12.5
Printing Speeds [Color] Plain Paper Thick/OHP
600 x 600 dpi (ppm) 30 25 25 15 12.5 25
1200 x 600 dpi (ppm) 30 25 25 15 12.5 25
1200 x 1200 dpi (ppm) 15 12.5 12.5 15 12.5 12.5
G160/G161 G104/G105
PCL5c:
PCL5c:
35 Manager Intelli fonts
45 Manager Intelli fonts
10 TrueType fonts
13 TrueType fonts
1 Bitmap font
Resident Fonts: 1 Bitmap font
Adobe PostScript 3:
Adobe PostScript 3:
136 fonts (24 Type 2
136 fonts (24 Type 2 fonts, 112
fonts, 112 Type 14
Type 14 fonts)
fonts)
Ethernet (10/100 Base-TX):
Ethernet (10/100
Standard
Base-TX): Standard
USB2.0: Standard
USB2.0: Standard
IEEE1394 (SCSI print, IP over
IEEE1394 (SCSI print,
1394): Standard
IP over 1394): Optional
IEEE802.11b (Wireless LAN):
Host Interfaces: IEEE802.11b (Wireless
Optional
LAN): Optional
Parallel (IEEE1284: Optional):
Parallel (IEEE1284:
Optional
Optional): Optional
Bluetooth (Wireless): Optional
Bluetooth (Wireless):
USB Host: Optional
Optional
Gigabit Ethernet: Optional
TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBEUI,
Network Protocols:
AppleTalk
G160/G161 7-2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Specifications
G160/G161 G104/G105
Color: 15 seconds or less (from
tray 1)
First Print Speed:
Black & White: 10 seconds or
less (from tray 1)
Warm-up Time Less than 30 seconds (at 23°C/50%)
Standard tray: 550 sheets
Print Paper Capacity: By-pass tray: 100 sheets
2
(80 g/m , 20lb) Optional paper feed tray: 550
sheets
Print Paper Size: (See "Supported Paper Sizes".)
Standard Tray A4 / B5 / 8.5" x 11" / 8.5" x 14" (SEF)
By-pass: Minimum 90 x 148 mm
By-pass: Maximum 216 x 356 mm
Optional Tray A4 / B5 / 8.5" x 11" / 8.5" x 14" (SEF)
Standard tray, Optional paper tray,
and bypass tray:
One-sided: 52-216 g/m2 (16-55
lb)
Duplex:
60-157 g/m2 (16-43 lb)
Paper weight settings at printer
Printing Paper Weight: driver and operation panel:
Thin: 52 – 60.2 g/m2
Plain paper 1 (Plain): 60.2 –
90.2 g/m2
Plain paper 2 (Plain &
Recycled): 90.2 – 104.7 g/m2
Thick paper 1: 104.7 – 157 g/m2
Thick paper 2: 157 – 216 g/m2
Standard exit tray: 500 sheets (face
Output Paper Capacity:
down)
Standard 256 MB. Standard 128/256 MB. Up to
G160/G161
SM 7-3 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Specifications CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G160/G161 G104/G105
120 V, 60 Hz: More than 11 A (for
North America)
Power Source:
220 V - 240 V, 50/60 Hz: More than 6
A (for Europe/Asia)
120 V: 990 W or less
Power Consumption: 220-240 V: 1200 W or less
Energy Saver: 6 W or less
Noise Emission: Printing
(Sound Power Level, Mainframe Only: 63 dB or less
The measurements were Full System: 67 dB or less
made in accordance with Stand-by
ISO9296 at the operator Mainframe Only: 40 dB or less
position.) Full System: 40 dB or less
446 x 589.5 x 487 mm (17.4" x 23.2"
Dimensions (W x D x H):
x 19.2")
Weight: Less than 50 kg (110.3 lb.)
G160/G161 7-4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Specifications
SM 7-5 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Specifications CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
Printer Drivers
Printer Windows Windows
Windows 2000 Windows XP Macintosh
Language 95/98/ME NT4.0
PCL 5c/6 Yes Yes Yes Yes No
PS3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
RPCS Yes Yes Yes Yes No
The printer drivers for Windows NT 4.0 are only for the Intel x86 platform. There is
no Windows NT 4.0 printer driver for the PowerPC, Alpha, or MIPS platforms.
The PS3 drivers are all genuine AdobePS drivers, except for Windows 2000,
which uses Microsoft PS. A PPD file for each operating system is provided with the
driver.
The PS3 driver for Macintosh supports Mac OS 7.6 or later versions.
Utility Software
Software Description
Font Manager 2000
(Win95/98/Me, NT4.0, A font management utility with screen fonts for the printer
2000, XP, Server2003)
Smart Device Monitor
for Admin A printer management utility for network administrators. NIB setup
(Win95/98/Me, NT4.0, utilities are also available.
2000, XP, Server2003)
Smart Device Monitor A printer management utility for client users.
for Client A utility for peer-to-peer printing over a NetBEUI or TCP/IP network.
(Win95/98/Me, NT4.0, A peer to peer print utility over a TCP/IP network. This provides the
2000, XP, Server2003) parallel printing and recovery printing features.
Printer Utility for Mac This software provides several convenient functions for printing
(Mac) from Macintosh clients.
IEEE1394 Utility
(Win2000, XP, This utility solves problems with Windows 2000, XP, Server2003.
Server2003)
DeskTopBinder V2 Lite itself can be used as personal document
DeskTopBinder V2 Lite
management software and can manage both image data converted
(Win95/98, 2000, NT4,
from paper documents and application files saved in each client’s
XP, Server2003)
PC.
G160/G161 7-6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Specifications
Of IEEE1284, IEEE802.11b, and Bluetooth, two can be installed at the same time.
G160/G161
SM 7-7 G160/G161
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
G392
PAPER FEED UNIT TYPE 4000
SM i G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
NOTE: This manual uses several symbols. The meanings of those symbols are as
follows:
: C ring : screw : connector/harness
[A]
[C] [a]
[B]
G392R103.WMF
SM 1 G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED MOTOR AND DRIVE BOARD
[B]
[A] G392R104.WMF
G392 2 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED CLUTCH
[C]
[B]
[A]
G392R105.WMF
Paper Feed
Unit Type
4000
SM 3 G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
SENSORS
1.4 SENSORS
1.4.1 PAPER END, PAPER NEAR END, AND PAPER FEED
SENSORS
[B]
• Remove the paper tray unit from the main [D]
unit.
[C]
• Pull out the paper tray.
G392R101.WMF
[F]
G392R102.WMF
G392 4 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
PAPER FEED ROLLER
[B]
[A]
G392R106.WMF
[A]: Paper feed roller (move the lever [B] to the right)
[A]
Paper Feed
Unit Type
4000
G392R107.WMF
SM 5 G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
2. DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
2.1 OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
2.1.1 MECHANICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT
1 2
G392D100.WMF
5 4 3
1. Side fence
2. Paper pickup roller
3. Friction pad
4. Bottom plate
5. End fence
G392 6 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION
1
8
7 2
6 3
5 4
G392D101.WMF
Paper Feed
Unit Type
4000
SM 7 G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
[D]
[C] [A]
[B]
G392D103.WMF
G392 8 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
[B]
[C]
[E] [A]
[D]
[A] [F]
G105D128.WMF
• The tray arm [A] moves up on the guide slopes [B] of the machine when the tray
is set in the machine.
• The springs [C] lift the bottom plate [D] and the paper stack [E] on the plate.
• The stack of paper contacts the paper feed roller, and this keeps the top sheet of
the stack at the correct paper height.
• The paper pressure lever [F] adjusts the bottom plate pressure. When you load
thin paper (52 ~ 74 g/m2, 14 ~ 19 lb), slide this lever to the right. The default
position is to the left.
Paper Feed
Unit Type
4000
SM 9 G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
[B] [F]
[D]
[C] [E]
[A]
G392D104.WMF
G392 10 SM
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
1
2
3 [D]
4
[A]
[B]
[C]
G392D106.WMF
• The paper size detection switch [A] is at the rear of the machine.
• The machine disables paper feed from a tray if the paper size cannot be
detected (if the paper size actuator is broken or no tray is installed)
• The actuator [B] is on the slide plate [C] that engages with the end fence [D].
• When the end fence moves, the actuator moves from side to side.
• The machine detects the paper size with the outputs from the paper size
detection switch, as shown in this table.
Switch Location
Paper Size
1 2 3 4
LG SEF Push Push - -
A4 SEF - Push Push -
LT SEF Push Push Push Push
US. EXE SEF Push - - -
B5 SEF Push - - -
Paper Feed
Unit Type
SM 11 G392
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA